WO2015139360A1 - Ue, network side device, power adjustment method, and sg determination method - Google Patents

Ue, network side device, power adjustment method, and sg determination method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015139360A1
WO2015139360A1 PCT/CN2014/076868 CN2014076868W WO2015139360A1 WO 2015139360 A1 WO2015139360 A1 WO 2015139360A1 CN 2014076868 W CN2014076868 W CN 2014076868W WO 2015139360 A1 WO2015139360 A1 WO 2015139360A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
power
margin
tfc
load
side device
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/076868
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
赵悦莹
马雪利
汪凡
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201480001002.0A priority Critical patent/CN105309015A/en
Publication of WO2015139360A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015139360A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/04TPC
    • H04W52/30TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power
    • H04W52/36TPC using constraints in the total amount of available transmission power with a discrete range or set of values, e.g. step size, ramping or offsets
    • H04W52/362Aspects of the step size

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a UE, a network side device, a power adjustment method, and an SG determining method. Background technique
  • the system is a user equipment (UE: User Equipment)? I enter a new carrier, which is similar to the secondary carrier of DC-HSUPA (Dual Cell High Speed Uplink Packet Access).
  • UE User Equipment
  • DC-HSUPA Dual Cell High Speed Uplink Packet Access
  • TDM Time division multiplexing
  • the second secondary carrier technology has the advantage that only one or a few UEs transmit data at the same time, which greatly reduces the multiple access interference between UEs.
  • one UE can occupy higher load resources within one Transmission Time Interval (TTI), the UE can perform high-speed data transmission.
  • TTI Transmission Time Interval
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • uplink UE transmission is performed by scheduling, and the base station is based on the measured signal to noise ratio of the UE's dedicated physical control signal (DPCCH: Dedicated Physical Control Channel).
  • DPCCH dedicated Physical Control Channel
  • SG Serving Grant
  • the UE Before the UE starts to send E-DCH Enhanced: Dedicated Channel data, it will send a DPCCH power control prefix for a period of time for channel quality synchronization.
  • the switch when the UE switches, the switch is made to The new UE may not have the DPCCH power control prefix, so the base station cannot determine the initial power used by the UE to start transmitting until the base station receives the DPCCH sent by the UE and estimates the signal to interference ratio (SIR: Signal to Interference Ratio) of the DPCCH.
  • SIR Signal to Interference Ratio
  • the comparison result with the target signal interference ratio SIRt results in a power control command word, which is sent to the UE for reception by the downlink, and the UE receives the power control command word and adjusts the transmission power of the UE by using the power step included in the power command word.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a power adjustment method, a service authorization SG determining method and a user equipment, to more accurately adjust the transmission power of the UE.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a processor, configured to determine a first power step, and use the first power step to transmit power of a dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE. Adjusting from the initial power to the first transmit power; and determining a second power step different from the first power step, and using the second power step to transmit the DPCCH transmit power by the first The power is adjusted to the second transmit power; the transmitter is connected to the processor, and configured to send data to the network side device by using the first transmit power and/or the second transmit power.
  • UE user equipment
  • the UE further includes: a receiver, connected to the processor, configured to receive power remaining by the network side device before determining the first power step
  • the processor is further configured to: acquire a reference power, and determine the initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
  • the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or a downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the first
  • the processor is configured to: obtain the first power step from the receiver; or the processor is specifically configured to: use an absolute amount of power margin sent by the network side device The quotient obtained after dividing the value by n is determined as the first power step, and the n is a preset value.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: quantize the first power step to obtain the quantized first power Step size.
  • the n is specifically: the UE firstly uses the service authorization SG The number of delay slots for transmitting the dedicated channel-specific physical data channel E-DPDCH data, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted and fixed. The sum of the number of slots.
  • the receiver is further configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the second
  • the power step is configured to: acquire the second power step from the receiver.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a processor, configured to determine a power control command word including a power lifting instruction; a transmitter connected to the processor, configured to include the power The power control command word of the lifting instruction is sent to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the UE from the initial power to the first transmission according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step
  • the processor is further configured to: determine a power control command word that includes a second power step; the transmitter is further configured to: send a power control command word that includes the second power step to a user
  • the UE is configured to adjust, by the second power step, the first transmit power to the second transmit power, where the first power step and the second power step are different.
  • the processor is further configured to: determine the first power step; the transmitter is further configured to: include the first power step And the power control command word of the power up and down command is sent to the UE, so that the UE combines the second aspect by using the first work, and in a second possible implementation manner, the processor is further For determining: a power headroom used by the UE; the transmitter is further configured to: send the power headroom to the UE, so that the UE according to the obtained reference power and the power remaining The amount determines the initial power.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a receiver, configured to receive a target signal interference ratio sent by a network side device and a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; And connected to the receiver, configured to determine a service authorization SG of the UE according to at least the device and the C/P.
  • UE user equipment
  • the receiver is further configured to: receive, by the network side device, a location that is sent by the network side device, before determining the SG according to the at least the C/P The available network load of the UE; the processor is specifically configured to: at least according to the
  • the processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR ⁇ w, the load, the C/P, and a formula :
  • the receiver is further configured to: load and the C/P according to at least the 5 ⁇ Before determining the SG, receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device; the processor is specifically configured to: according to the 5 ⁇ 3 , the load, the C/P, and the The power_margin determines the SG.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR ⁇ w, the load, the C/P, the power_margin, and a formula: ⁇ Load,
  • the processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR ⁇ w, the load, the C/P, the Power-margin and formula:
  • the receiver is further configured to: receive, by the network side device, a device that is sent by the network side device, before determining the SG according to the at least the C/P An available network load factor ⁇ of the UE; the processor is specifically configured to: at least
  • the processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR ⁇ w, the C/P, and the ⁇ and a formula :
  • the receiver is further configured to: at least based on the 5 ⁇ a r, the C/P, and the Before determining the SG, receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device, where the processor is specifically configured to: based on the 5 ⁇ a , the C/P, the ⁇ and The power_margin determines the SG.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: pass the ⁇ rgw, the c/P, the ⁇ , and the Power_ margin And the formula: 1 - ⁇ determines the SG.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: Said ⁇ rgw, the c / P, the ⁇ and the power_ margin and the formula:
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a processor, configured to determine a total control channel power margin C/P that is available to the UE by a target signal interference; and a transmitter connected to the processing And sending the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least the device and the C/P.
  • the processor is further configured to: determine an available network load of the UE, where the transmitter is further configured to: send the load to the UE, to make the UE The C/P and the Load determine the SG.
  • the processor is further configured to: determine a power headroom power-margin; the transmitter is specifically configured to: The power headroom power-margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the ⁇ , the load, the C/P, and the power_margin.
  • the processor is further configured to: determine an available network load factor ⁇ of the UE; the transmitter is further configured to: send the ⁇ to The UE, to enable the UE to determine the SG based on at least the C, P, and the ⁇ .
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a receiver, configured to receive an SG and a power-margin sent by a network side device, and connect to the receiver, according to the SG. And the power_margin determines a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule.
  • UE user equipment
  • the processor is specifically configured to:
  • the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • e, ref , m ⁇ ⁇ 7r calculates the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, and L p am ⁇ represents the DPCCH prefix
  • the length, re/m represents the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, re/ represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ed m represents the quantized amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, ⁇ / ⁇ indicates the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
  • the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a first determining module, configured to determine a first power step; and a first adjusting module, connected to the first determining module, to use the The first power step adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of the UE from the initial power to the first transmit power; the second determining module is connected to the first adjustment module, and is configured to determine the first power a second power step with a different step size; a second adjustment module, coupled to the second determining module, configured to adjust, by using the second power step, the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to a first Two transmit power.
  • UE user equipment
  • the UE further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a power headroom sent by the network side device before determining the first power step; Obtaining a reference power; a third determining module, configured to determine the DPCCH initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
  • the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, where the reference power is specifically: a current power or a location of the primary carrier. The downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
  • the first determining module is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes The first power step is determined; or the quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and the n is a preset value.
  • the first determining module is specifically configured to: quantize the first power step, and obtain the quantized A power step.
  • the n is specifically: the UE firstly uses the service authorization SG The number of delay slots for transmitting the dedicated channel-specific physical data channel E-DPDCH data, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted and fixed. The sum of the number of slots.
  • the second determining module is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the The second power step.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a first determining module, configured to determine a power control command word including a power lifting instruction; and a first sending module, configured to include the power lifting instruction
  • the power control command word is sent to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the UE from the initial power to the first transmission power according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step; a determining module, configured to determine a power control command word that includes a second power step; a second sending module, configured to send, to the user equipment UE, the power control command word that includes the second power step
  • the UE adjusts the first transmit power to the second transmit power by using the second power step, where the first power step and the second power step are different power steps.
  • the method further includes: a third determining module, configured to determine the first power step; the second sending module is specifically configured to: a power step and a power control command word of the power up and down command are sent to the UE to enable the UE
  • the method further includes: a fourth determining module, configured to determine a power headroom used by the UE; the first sending module is further configured to: A power headroom is sent to the UE to cause the UE to determine the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE, including: a first receiving module, configured to receive a target signal interference ratio SIRt transmitted by the network side device, and a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; a determining module, coupled to the receiving module, configured to determine the SG according to at least the ⁇ and the C/P.
  • the UE further includes: a second receiving module, configured to receive the network side before determining the SG according to the at least the C/P And the determining module is configured to: determine, according to the ⁇ , the C/P, and the Load, the SG.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: based on the ⁇ , the Load, the C/P, and a formula:
  • the SG is determined.
  • the UE further comprising: a third receiving module, for at least according to the S 7 r, and the said Load Before determining the SG, the C/P receives the power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device; the determining module is specifically configured to: load, the C/P according to the 5 ⁇ And the power_margin determines the SG.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: based on the ⁇ R w, the load, the C/P, the Power-margin and formula: m arg in 1 + SG+ - ⁇ ROT , OK P describes SG.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: be based on the ⁇ , the load, the C/P, the Power—margin and formula:
  • the UE further includes: a fourth receiving module, configured to receive the network before determining the SG according to at least the 5 and the C/P And the determining module is configured to: determine the SG based on at least the 1 , the c/p, and the ⁇ .
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: based on the ⁇ R ⁇ ei , the C/P, and the ⁇ formula:
  • the UE further includes: a fifth receiving module, configured to perform the at least the ⁇ , the CP, and the Before determining the SG, receiving the power headroom sent by the network side device
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: determine the SG based on the ⁇ , the C/P, the ⁇ , and the power_margin.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the 5 ⁇ ar, the C/P, the ⁇ , and the Description Power—margin and formula:
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the 5 , the C/P, the ⁇ , and the
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a first determining module, configured to determine a target signal interference ratio SIR ⁇ get , a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; And a module, configured to send the a r g w and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least the SR ⁇ gw and the C/P.
  • a network side device including: a first determining module, configured to determine a target signal interference ratio SIR ⁇ get , a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; And a module, configured to send the a r g w and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least the SR ⁇ gw and the C/P.
  • the method further includes: a second determining module, configured to determine an available network load of the UE; and a second sending module, configured to: send the load to the Determining the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based at least on the ⁇ , the C/P, and the Load.
  • the method further includes: a third determining module, configured to determine a power margin, a power-margin; and a third sending module, configured to send the power headroom Go to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the WR ⁇ gei , the Load, the C/P, and the power_margin.
  • the method further includes: a fourth determining module, configured to determine an available network load factor ⁇ of the UE; and a fourth sending module, configured to send the ⁇ to the Determining the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the WR ⁇ w, the C/P, and the ⁇ .
  • the method further includes: a fifth determining module, configured to determine a power margin; a fifth sending module, configured to The power_margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on the ⁇ , the C/P, the ⁇ , and the power_margin.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a receiving module, configured to receive an SG and a power-margin sent by a network side device; and a determining module, connected to the receiving module, according to the SG And the power_margin determines a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule.
  • UE user equipment
  • the determining module is specifically configured to:
  • Serving-Grant power_margin calculates, by the SG, the power_margin and the formula: e, ref, mj 2 i QAharq/lO e, ref, m ed, m, the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule;
  • Serving_Gold represents the SG
  • ⁇ / ( possibly indicates the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE
  • L e ref m represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length
  • denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC
  • Aharq shows the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • the transport format combines the E-TFC block length, re/ denotes the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ed m denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and ⁇ / ⁇ denotes the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value .
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula: Serving— Grant - power— mar n
  • A is the length of the largest transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, indicating the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and re/m+1 represents the second reference of the UE
  • the E-TFC block length represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC
  • 4 m+1 represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC
  • 4 d represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC
  • ⁇ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC
  • ⁇ harq represents the HARQ offset value.
  • the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • calculating the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L p am ⁇ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and K e ref m represents The first reference E-TFC block of the UE is long, ⁇ / ( +1 represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and 4 represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, J ⁇ m +1 represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, ⁇ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ⁇ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and Aharq represents the HARQ offset value .
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a power adjustment method, including: determining a first power step; adjusting, by using the first power step, a dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of a user equipment UE from initial power to a first transmit power; determining a second power step different from the first power step; and adjusting the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power by using the second power step.
  • the method before the determining the first power step, further includes: receiving, by the UE, a power headroom sent by a network side device; The UE acquires reference power; the UE determines the initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
  • the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, where the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or Downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
  • the determining the first power step specifically: receiving a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word is The first power step is included; or the quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and the n is a preset value.
  • the quotient obtained after dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as After the first power step, the method further includes: quantizing the first power step to obtain a quantized first power step.
  • the n is specifically: the UE first serving service Authorizing the SG to perform the number of delay slots for transmitting the E-DPDCH data of the dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted The sum of the fixed number of slots.
  • the determining a second power step that is different from the first power step is: receiving a power control command sent by the network side device a word, the power control command word includes the second power step.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including: determining a power control command word including a power lifting instruction; and transmitting, to the user equipment UE, a power control command word including the power lifting instruction Determining, by the UE, the transmit power of the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE from the initial power to the first transmit power according to the power up and down command and the first power step; determining a power command word including the second power step; The power control command word including the second power step is sent to the user equipment UE, so that the UE sends the first transmit power by using the second power step Adjusting to a second transmit power, where the first power step and the second power step are different power steps.
  • the method before the sending the power control command word that includes the power lifting instruction to the user equipment UE, the method further includes: determining the first power Sending the power control command word including the power lifting instruction to the user equipment UE, specifically: sending a power control command word including the first power step and the power lifting instruction to the And the UE, to enable the UE to adjust the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power to the first transmit power by using the first power step.
  • the method before determining the power control command word including the power lifting instruction, the method further includes: determining a power headroom used by the UE; A margin is sent to the UE to cause the UE to determine the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a service authorization SG determining method, including: receiving, by a user equipment UE, a target signal interference ratio SIRt , a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; The SG is determined according to the sum and the c/P.
  • the method further includes: receiving an available network load Load of the UE sent by the network side device; determining the at least according to the 5 and the c/P
  • the SG specifically includes: determining the SG according to at least the ⁇ , the C/P, and the Load.
  • the at least according to the 5 ⁇ a ⁇ , the Load and the C / P determining the SG specifically For: based on the S/R ei , the Load, the C/P and the formula: 1 + SG + ⁇ Load , indeed
  • the method further comprising: receiving the power headroom power- margin sent by the network equipment; at least the said ⁇ ⁇ 7, the Load and the C / P determining the SG, specifically as follows: according to the
  • the determining, according to the ⁇ gw, the load, the C/P, and the power_margin The SG is specifically: based on the ⁇ , the Load, the C/P, the power-margin, and the public
  • the determining, according to the method, the load, the C/P, and the power-margin SG specifically: based on the 5 ⁇ a , the load, the C/P, the power-margin, and the public
  • the method further comprises: the network side of the receiving apparatus of a UE available network load factor [eta]; ⁇ ⁇ at least in accordance with the said and
  • the C/P determines the SG, specifically: determining the SG based on at least the 1 ⁇ , the C/P, and the ⁇ .
  • the determining the SG based on the at least the ⁇ , the C/P, and the ⁇ is specifically: Based on
  • the method Before the determining the SG based on the SIRt , the C/P, and the ⁇ , the method further includes: receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device; the basis of the ⁇ 5 C / P and the ⁇ determining the SG, specifically: based on the 5 ⁇ a r, the C / P, the ⁇ and the power- margin determining the SG.
  • determines the SG.
  • the /P, the ⁇ and the power_margin determine the SG, specifically: by the 5 , the C/P, the ⁇ , and the power_margin and a formula:
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including: determining a target signal interference ratio of a total control channel power headroom C/P available to the UE; and transmitting the C/P to the Determining the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least the device and the C/P.
  • the method further includes: determining an available network load of the UE; sending the load to the UE, so that the UE is based at least on the S/R ⁇ gei , the C/P and the Load determine the SG.
  • the method further includes: determining a power headroom power-margin; sending the power headroom power_margin to The UE, so that the UE according to the 5 ⁇ a r g w, the Load, the C/P, and the
  • Power_margin determines the SG.
  • the method further includes: determining an available network load factor ⁇ of the UE; sending the ⁇ to the UE, so that the UE is based at least on the SIR ⁇ et , the C/P and the ⁇ determine the SG.
  • the method further includes: determining a power head margin power_margin; sending the power_margin to the UE, so as to enable The UE determines the SG based on the ⁇ R ⁇ gw, the C/P, the ⁇ , and the power_margin.
  • a fifteenth aspect of the present invention provides a method for determining a length of a transport block, comprising: receiving an SG and a power-margin sent by a network side device, and determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a maximum transmission that the UE can schedule The length of the block.
  • the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule specifically: using the SG, the power - margin and formula: Calculate the UE
  • the length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, indicating the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, and L e ref m represents the reference E-TFC block length
  • the number of code channels, 4 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC
  • Ah arq represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
  • the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule specifically: using the SG, the power — margin and formula:
  • e, ref , m ⁇ ⁇ 7r calculates the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, and L p am ⁇ represents the DPCCH prefix Length, re/m represents the parameters of the UE
  • the enhanced transport format combines the E-TFC block length, re/ denotes the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ed m denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and ⁇ / ⁇ denotes the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ Offset value.
  • the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule specifically: using the SG, the power - margin and formula: Calculate the UE The length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, the Serving-Gold indicates that the SG indicates the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and re/m+1 indicates the second reference E of the UE.
  • ⁇ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC
  • ⁇ harq represents the HARQ offset value
  • the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule specifically: using the SG, the power — margin and formula:
  • calculating the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L p am ⁇ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and K e ref m represents The first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, ⁇ / ( +1 +1 indicates the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, indicating the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 indicates The number of code channels of the second reference E-TFC, 4 d represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ⁇ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and Iharq represents the HARQ offset value.
  • the processor first adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmission power by using the first power step, and then passes the first power step.
  • the second power step is to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power, and the transmitter sends the data to the network side device by using the first transmit power or the second transmit power, compared to the prior art.
  • the method for adjusting the transmit power of the DPCCH by using only one power step can adjust the transmit power of the DPCCH by using different power steps for different adjustment stages, thereby further more accurately transmitting the power of the DPCCH, and
  • the signal-to-interference ratio of the DPCCH determined by the base station can be guaranteed (SIR: Signal to Interference)
  • Ratio can converge as quickly as possible to the target signal-to-interference ratio ⁇ r .
  • FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a UE according to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic diagram of a processor adjusting a DPCCH transmission power by increasing a power step in a first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention
  • 2b is a schematic diagram of a processor adjusting a transmit power of a DPCCH by reducing a power step in a first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 3 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a structural diagram of a UE according to a third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a timing diagram of E-AGCH transmission and application according to a third aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7A is a structural diagram of a UE according to a fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7B is a structural diagram of a UE according to a sixth aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a seventh aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a structural diagram of a UE according to an eighth aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a ninth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10B is a structural diagram of a UE according to a tenth aspect of the present invention
  • 11 is a flowchart of a power adjustment method according to an eleventh embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to a twelfth aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a method for data transmission according to a fourteenth aspect of the present invention
  • FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a method for determining a length of a transport block according to a fifteenth aspect of the present invention.
  • the processor first adjusts the transmit power of the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first power step.
  • the first transmit power, and then the DPCCH transmit power is adjusted from the first transmit power to the second transmit power by a second power step different from the first power step, and the transmitter transmits the first transmit power or the second transmit power
  • the power is transmitted to the network side device.
  • the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted by only one power step.
  • the present invention can send different power steps to the DPCCH for different adjustment stages.
  • the power is adjusted to further improve the transmit power of the DPCCH, and it can be ensured that the signal to interference ratio (SIR: Signal to Interference Ratio) of the DPCCH determined by the base station can converge to the target signal-to-interference ratio as soon as possible.
  • SIR Signal to Interference Ratio
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a UE.
  • the method specifically includes: a processor 10, configured to determine a first power step.
  • DPCCH Dedicating the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmit power using the first power step
  • the transmitter 11 is connected to the processor, configured to pass the first transmit power and/or the second transmit power to The network side device sends data, that is, the data may be sent to the network side device by using at least one of the first sending power and the second sending power.
  • the UE further includes: a receiver, connected to the processor 10, configured to receive a power headroom sent by the network side device before determining the first power step.
  • the network side devices are, for example, a base station, a radio network controller (RNC: Radio Network Controller), and the like.
  • the processor 10 is further configured to: acquire a reference power, and determine an initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
  • the base station cannot determine the initial power of the DPCCH used by the UE when the UE is handed over or when the UE does not transmit data for a long time. Therefore, in the initial transmission phase, the initial power of the appropriate DPCCH needs to be determined for the UE to ensure that there is no Before receiving the AG sent by the network side device, it can also send data, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the network side device may send a power headroom to the UE by using signaling.
  • the DPCCH in the present invention can configure the primary carrier and the secondary carrier, and the scheme is applied to the dual carrier system.
  • the reference power is, for example, the current power of the primary carrier or the downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier, and the like.
  • the two types of power can be detected by the UE.
  • the method for obtaining the reference power is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • the UE When the current power of the primary carrier is the current uplink power, since the current uplink frequency of the primary carrier and the secondary carrier have a small frequency interval, the UE normally transmits the DPCCH through the secondary carrier, thereby ensuring that the determined initial power of the DPCCH is more accurate. .
  • the processor 10 can obtain the initial power by linearly calculating the power headroom and the reference power, for example: obtaining the initial power by the following formula:
  • Pini P re f - power— margin [ 1 ] where P mi represents the initial power
  • P ref represents the reference power
  • the initial power can be quickly determined without waiting for the network side device to determine.
  • the initial power of the UE can determine the initial power as soon as possible after switching or no data transmission for a period of time, thereby achieving the technical effect of making full use of the available network load.
  • the processor 10 can determine the first power step in a plurality of manners. Two of them are described below. Of course, in the specific implementation, the following two situations are not limited.
  • the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a first power step;
  • the processor 10 is specifically configured to: acquire a first power step from the receiver.
  • the transmitter 11 After the UE determines the initial power, the transmitter 11 transmits the initial power to the network side device.
  • the network side device After receiving the DPCCH, the network side device estimates the signal to interference ratio of the DPCCH (SIR:
  • the processor 10 is specifically configured to: determine the quotient value obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n as the first power step, where n is a preset value.
  • the n is specifically: the number of delay slots for the UE to use the service grant SG to perform the enhanced dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel E-DPDCH data transmission, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted. Or the sum of the number of time slots of the DPCCH prefix and the number of fixed time slots when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted.
  • the first power step size can be determined as: power_margin/15.
  • the receiver may further receive a power control command word sent by the network side device and include a power up and down command, and then determine the first transmit power by using the first power step and the power up and down command, for example: if the power up and down command is And decreasing the indication of the power, obtaining the first transmission power by subtracting the first power step from the initial power; and if the power lifting instruction is the indication of increasing the power, increasing the first power step by the initial power to obtain the first transmission power.
  • the UE may adjust the initial power by using the first power step, and determine the first transmit power.
  • the receiver is further configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a second power step size;
  • the processor 10 is specifically configured to: acquire a second power step from the receiver.
  • the UE first sends the first sending power to the network side device.
  • the network side device estimates the SIR of the DPCCH, and then compares it with the target signal interference ratio, thereby generating a power control command word for the lifting power, wherein if
  • the network side device transmits a power control command word including a power up and down command and a second power step to the UE.
  • the processor 10 After receiving the power control command word including the power lifting command and the second power step, the processor 10 also determines the second sending power by using the power lifting command included in the power control command word, for example: The command is an indication of increasing power, and determining a second transmit power by using a second power step and a first transmit power; and if the power up/down command is an indication of reducing power, reducing the first transmit power by using the second power step The transmission determines the second transmission power and the like. Similarly, the processor 10 can adjust the first transmit power by using the second power step multiple times to determine the second transmit power.
  • the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted by the second power step, after the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted by the first power step, it is usually a fine adjustment information, so that the second power step is usually smaller than the first power step.
  • the first power step is 2 dB
  • the second power step is IdB.
  • other values may be used, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2a is a schematic diagram of power adjustment when a power control command word that transmits a first power step and a power control command that sends a second power step both include an increased power indication.
  • the initial power p is determined, and then the transmitter 11 sends the DPCCH to the network side device through the initial power p.
  • the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is smaller than the SIRt , and the SIR and the ⁇ have a large difference, so the power is increased.
  • a power control command word which includes stepl, after receiving the power control command word by the receiver, the processor 10 of the UE adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power to p+ste1;
  • the transmitter 11 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through p+step1, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, and determines that it is smaller than 5 , and the SIR and the difference are larger, for example, the initial power setting of the UE side is too low. Or if the channel fading is just large, the SIR and the phase difference are large.
  • the SIR is, for example, -12dB, 7 ⁇ g, for example, 8dB. Therefore, the power control command word for increasing power is sent, including the stepl, the processor of the UE. 10 after receiving the power control command word through the receiver, the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted from the initial power p to p + 2 X stepl;
  • the transmitter 11 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through p+ 2 X step1, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, and determines that the ratio is small, so the power step is adjusted from step 1 to S s I t R ep t small. , and SIR and
  • the transmitter 11 of the UE transmits the DPCCH to the network side device through p+ 2 X step1+step2, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is smaller than SIRt , and SIR and
  • SIRt SIR is, for example, 7 dB, for example, 8 dB, so the power control command word of increasing power is continuously transmitted, including step 2, and the processor 10 of the UE transmits the power of the DPCCH from the initial power after receiving the power control command word through the receiver.
  • p is adjusted to p + 2 X step 1+2 step2; and so on.
  • FIG. 2b is a schematic diagram of power adjustment when the power control command word for transmitting the first power step and the power control command word for transmitting the second power step include the power reduction indication.
  • the initial power p is determined, and then the transmitter 11 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through the initial power p, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is larger than 5 , and the SIR and the difference are larger, so the transmission is reduced.
  • the power control command word which includes stepl, after receiving the power control command word through the receiver, the processor 10 adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power to P-ste l;
  • the power step is adjusted from step 1 to step 2, and then the power control command word with a smaller difference in the power S rate IR ⁇ is transmitted.
  • the processor 10 of the UE receives the power control command word through the receiver, and adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power p to P-2X ste l-step2;
  • the transmitter 11 of the UE transmits the DPCCH to the network side device through P-2X step1 - step2, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is larger than SIRt , and SIR and
  • the transmission power of 816 1 ⁇ 6 2 is just right, and the SIR or ⁇ phase difference is small.
  • the SIR may be slightly larger than 5 ⁇ a ⁇
  • SIR is for example: 3dB
  • SIRt is, for example: 2dB
  • the processor 10 of the UE adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power p to P- 2 X step 1-2 ⁇ step2, according to J3 ⁇ 4 analogy.
  • the second aspect is based on the description of the embodiment of the first aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device. Referring to FIG. 3, the following specifically includes:
  • the transmitter 31 is connected to the processor 30, and configured to send the power control command word including the power up/down command to the user equipment UE, so that the UE sends the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step.
  • the power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmit power;
  • the transmitter 31 is further configured to: send the power control command word that includes the second power step to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first sending power to the second sending power by using the second power step, where One power step and the second power step are different power steps.
  • the processor 30 is further configured to determine a first power step size
  • the processor 30 is further configured to determine a power headroom used by the UE;
  • the receiver 40 is configured to receive a target signal to interference ratio sent by the network side device and a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE;
  • the initial power of the appropriate E-DPDCH needs to be determined for the UE to ensure that the data can be sent before the SG sent by the network side device is received, thereby improving resource utilization.
  • the SIR target is the demodulation error block rate of the RNC statistical E-DPDCH data, and is determined according to a certain outer loop power control algorithm, for example, counting the block error rate of the previous period.
  • the statistical block error rate is compared with the block error rate target value. If it is greater than the target value, the SIR tar g et is lowered to a smaller value. If it is smaller than the target value, the SIR ta et is adjusted to a larger value. Value, and C/P is set directly by the network.
  • the network side device may perform uplink and C /p to the UE through high layer signaling.
  • the processor 11 determines the SG according to at least 7 ⁇ g and C/P, and can be used in various cases. The following two examples are introduced, of course, In the specific implementation process, it is not limited to the following two cases.
  • SG function( SIRt , c/P, Load ) [3] While the processor 41 determines the SG according to S 7 ⁇ g , C/P and Load, it can be divided into at least two cases, which are respectively introduced below.
  • the 1 processor 41 determines the SG only by , C/P and Load.
  • the SG can be further determined by the following formula:
  • the SG determined by taking the equal sign is a better SG, which can ensure sufficient use of the network load and ensure that the network load does not exceed the available network load of the UE.
  • Receiver 40 also used to: Receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least, Load, and C/P; in this case, the processor 41 determines the SG according to, Load, C/P, and power-margin. That is, the correspondence between SG and SIRt , C/P, Load, and power-margin can be expressed by the following formula:
  • the processor 41 can further calculate the SG by the following formula:
  • the processor 41 can further calculate the SG by the following formula:
  • the SG can be further determined by the following formula:
  • the receiver 40 is further configured to: before receiving the SG according to the SIR ( and the CP, receiving the UE that is sent by the network side device a network load factor ⁇ ; in this case, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: determine at least based on 5 ⁇ a , C/P, and ⁇
  • the processor 41 can be divided into at least two cases when determining the SG according to , C/P and ⁇ , which are respectively described below.
  • the 1 processor 41 determines the SG based only on 5 ⁇ , C/P, ⁇ , for example, by the following formula
  • the processor 41 can further determine the SG by the following formula:
  • the above calculation formula is generally applied to UEs that perform data transmission through a single antenna.
  • the processor 41 can further determine the SG by the following formula: ( ⁇ ⁇ + power m arg in) * (1 + 5G +— ) + ( ⁇ ⁇ + power m arg in) [13]
  • the above calculation formula is usually applied to UEs that transmit data through multiple antennas.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device. Referring to FIG. 6, the method includes:
  • the transmitter 61 is connected to the processor 60, and is configured to send the W and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least S/ and C/P.
  • the transmitter 61 is further configured to: send the Load to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least ⁇ , C/P, and Load.
  • the processor 60 is further configured to: determine a power headroom power-margin;
  • the transmitter 61 is specifically configured to: send a power margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the S/R ⁇ gei , Load, C/P, and power_margin.
  • the transmitter 61 is further configured to: send ⁇ to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least WR ⁇ g w, C/P, and ⁇ .
  • the transmitter 61 is further configured to: send the power_margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on 5 ⁇ argei , C/P, ⁇ , and power_margin .
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE. Referring to FIG. 7A, the method includes:
  • the processor 71A is connected to the receiver 70A for using the SG and the power_margin Determining the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule.
  • the processor 70 is configured to: calculate the UE by using the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • the length of the largest transport block that can be scheduled in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and ⁇ represents the
  • the reference enhanced transport format of the UE combines the E-TFC block length, indicating the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, ⁇ indicates the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and ⁇ / ⁇ indicates the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset. value. Among them, i ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result.
  • the processor 70A the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • Serving_Gold represents the SG
  • stepsize represents a first power step
  • L represents a length of a DPCCH prefix
  • m represents The first reference E-TFC block length of the UE
  • represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE
  • represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC
  • represents the code of the second reference E-TFC
  • A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC
  • represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, indicating the HARQ offset value.
  • L represents the rounding of the calculation result.
  • the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC and the number of code channels of the second reference E-TFC are two fixed values, and the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC and the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC For two fixed values.
  • the SG is delivered by the network side device. After the network side device delivers the SG, the UE needs to perform transmission according to the determined transport block.
  • the SG is sent from the network side device to the UE to calculate the length of the transport block, and then the transport block is used for transmission. There is a certain delay between them. That is to say, when the UE uses the determined transport block for transmission, the SG may have changed. At this time, it is obvious that the length of the transport block determined according to the previous information is not accurate enough.
  • the transport block is transmitted and may cause a transmission failure.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE. Referring to FIG. 7B, the method includes:
  • a first determining module 70B configured to determine a first power step size
  • the first adjustment module 71B is connected to the first determining module, configured to adjust, by using the first power step, the transmit power of the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE from the initial power to the first transmit power;
  • the second determining module 72B is connected to the first adjusting module, and configured to determine a second power step that is different from the first power step.
  • the UE further includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive a power margin sent by the network side device before determining the first power step
  • An acquisition module configured to obtain a reference power
  • a third determining module configured to determine a DPCCH initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
  • the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier
  • the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or a downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
  • the n is specifically: the UE first uses the service authorization SG to perform dedicated channel enhancement.
  • the second determining module 72B is specifically configured to:
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device. Referring to FIG. 8, the method includes:
  • a first determining module 80 configured to determine a power control command word including a power lifting instruction
  • a second determining module 82 configured to determine a power control command word that includes a second power step
  • the second sending module 83 is configured to send the power control command word that includes the second power step to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first sending power to the second sending power by using the second power step, where One power step and the second power step are different power steps.
  • it also includes:
  • a third determining module configured to determine a first power step size
  • the second sending module 83 is configured to: send the power control command word including the first power step and the power up and down command to the UE, so that the UE adjusts the DPCCH transmit power from the initial power to the first through the first power step Transmit power.
  • it also includes:
  • a fourth determining module configured to determine a power headroom used by the UE
  • the first sending module 81 is further configured to: send the power headroom to the UE, so that the
  • the UE determines the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
  • the determining module 91 is connected to the receiving module, and is configured to determine the SG according to at least the C /p, and the UE further includes:
  • a second receiving module configured to receive an available network load Load of the UE sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least 1 ⁇ and 0?
  • the UE further includes:
  • the determining module 71 is specifically configured to:
  • determining module 91 specifically for:
  • the UE further includes:
  • a fourth receiving module configured to receive an available network load factor ⁇ of the UE sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least 0 and 0;
  • the determining module 91 is specifically used for:
  • the SG is determined based at least on 5 ⁇ ar , C/P and ⁇ .
  • the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
  • the UE further includes:
  • the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
  • the SG is determined based on 5 ⁇ a , C/P, ⁇ , and power-margin.
  • the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
  • the ninth aspect is based on the description based on the first to fifth aspects of the embodiments, and the embodiments of the present invention provide A network side device, as shown in FIG. 10A, specifically includes:
  • the first determining module 100A is configured to determine a target signal to interference ratio ⁇ total control channel power margin available to the UE C/P;
  • the first sending module 101A is configured to send the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least SI get and C/P.
  • it also includes:
  • a second determining module configured to determine a available network load of the UE
  • the second sending module is configured to: send the Load to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the 5 « ⁇ ⁇ , C/P, and Load.
  • it also includes:
  • a third determining module configured to determine a power margin power-margin
  • a third sending module configured to send a power margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the SIRt, the Load, the C/P, and the power-margin.
  • it also includes:
  • a fourth determining module configured to determine an available network load factor ⁇ of the UE
  • a fourth sending module configured to send ⁇ to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least, C/P, and ⁇ .
  • it also includes:
  • a fifth determining module configured to determine a power margin power-margin
  • a fifth sending module configured to send the power_margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on 5 ⁇ argei , C/P, ⁇ , and power_margin .
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE.
  • the method specifically includes:
  • the receiving module 100B is configured to receive the SG and the power-margin sent by the network side device;
  • a determining module 101B coupled to the receiving module 100B, for using the SG and the
  • Power_margin determines the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule.
  • the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: calculate, by using the SG, the power_margin and the formula: a maximum transmission that the UE can schedule
  • the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula: Serving_Grant - (power_margin - stepsize * L
  • the reference enhanced transport format of the UE combines the E-TFC block length, ⁇ represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, ⁇ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and ⁇ / ⁇ represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ bias. Move the value. Among them, i ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result.
  • the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula: Calculating a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, ⁇ represents a first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and ⁇ represents a second reference of the UE E-TFC block length, ⁇ represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, j represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, and A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ⁇ A quantization amplitude ratio indicating a second reference E-TFC, indicating a HARQ offset value. Where ⁇ " means rounding up the calculation result.
  • the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a power adjustment method. Referring to FIG. 11, the method specifically includes:
  • Step S1101 determining a first power step size
  • Step S1102 Adjusting, by using the first power step, the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmit power;
  • Step S1103 Determine a second power step that is different from the first power step.
  • Step S1104 The DPCCH transmission power is adjusted from the first transmission power to the second transmission power by using the second power step.
  • the method before determining the first power step, the method further includes:
  • the UE obtains reference power
  • the UE determines the initial power based on the reference power and the power headroom.
  • the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or a downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
  • determining the first power step specifically:
  • the quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom transmitted by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and n is the preset value.
  • the method further includes: using the first power The step size is quantized to obtain the quantized first power step size.
  • the n is specifically: the number of delay slots for the UE to use the service grant SG to perform the enhanced dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel E-DPDCH data transmission, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted. , or the sum of the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix and the number of fixed slots when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted.
  • determining a second power step different from the first power step specifically:
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. Referring to FIG. 12, the method specifically includes:
  • S1203 Determine a power control command word that includes a second power step
  • S1204 Send a power control command word including a second power step to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first transmit power to the second transmit power by using the second power step, where the first power step and the first power step The two power steps are different power steps.
  • the method before sending the power control command word including the power lifting instruction to the user equipment UE, the method also includes: determining a first power step size;
  • Sending the power control command word including the power up and down command to the user equipment UE specifically: sending a power control command word including the first power step and the power up and down command to the UE, so that the UE passes the DPCCH through the first power step
  • the transmission power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmission power.
  • the method before determining the power control command word that includes the power up and down command, the method further includes: determining a power headroom used by the UE;
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a service authorization SG. Referring to FIG. 13, the method includes:
  • Step S1301 The user equipment UE receives the target signal interference ratio sent by the network side device.
  • Step S1302 Determine the SG according to at least the sum C/P.
  • the method further includes: receiving an available network load of the UE sent by the network side device, and determining the SG by using at least a C/P, specifically:
  • the SG is determined according to at least, Load, and C/P, specifically:
  • the method before determining the SG according to at least the ⁇ ⁇ , Load, and C/P, the method further includes: receiving a power headroom sent by the network side device, power margin; at least according to S 7?i , Load , and C /P determines SG, specifically:
  • the SG is determined based on 1 ⁇ 7 ⁇ , Load, C/P, and power_margin.
  • determine SG according to ', Load, C/P, and power-margin specifically: based on ⁇ , Load, C/P, ower-margin and formula:
  • the method before determining the SG according to at least the F and the C/P, the method further includes: receiving an available network load factor ⁇ of the UE sent by the network side device;
  • the SG is determined based at least on 5 ⁇ a , C/P, and ⁇ .
  • the SG is determined based on at least 5 ⁇ ', C/P, and ⁇ , specifically:
  • the method further includes: receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device;
  • the SG is determined based on ⁇ , C /p, ⁇ and power_margin.
  • the SG is determined based on ⁇ , C/P, ⁇ , and power_margin, specifically: by 5 ⁇ ar g, cp, ⁇ , and power_margin and formula - ⁇ ⁇ formula SG.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. Referring to FIG. 14, the method includes:
  • Step S1401 determining a target signal to interference ratio W ⁇ UE available total control channel power margin
  • Step S1402 Send 57 and 0? to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least L gei and C/P.
  • it also includes:
  • the Load is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least ⁇ gei , C / P , and Load .
  • it also includes:
  • the power margin power_margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to ⁇ gei , Load, C/P, and power-margin.
  • it also includes:
  • is sent to the UE such that the UE determines the SG based at least on ⁇ gef , C/P and ⁇ .
  • it also includes:
  • the power_margin is sent to the UE so that the UE determines the SG based on SIRf, C/P, ⁇ , and power_margin.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a transport block length. Referring to FIG. 15, the method includes:
  • Step S1501 Receive SG and power_margin sent by the network side device
  • Step S1502 Determine, according to the SG and the power_margin, the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule.
  • step S1502 can be implemented in four ways:
  • the first mode is: determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • Calculated maximum transport block can schedule the UE long Serving-Grant power-margin
  • the serving Grant indicates the SG
  • K indicates the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE
  • the number of tracks, A represents the quantized amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, indicating the HARQ offset value. That is, the calculation is performed using the E-DPDCH extrapolation formula. among them, ! ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result.
  • the second mode is: determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: calculating, by using the SG, the power_margin and the formula:
  • E-TFC block length ⁇ denotes the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC
  • j denotes the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC
  • A denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC
  • denotes the first Second reference
  • a fourth mode determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
  • the number of second code channels, A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC
  • represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, indicating the HARQ offset value.
  • L " represents the rounding of the calculation result.
  • the processor first adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmission power by using the first power step, and then passes the first power step.
  • the second power step is to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power, and the transmitter sends the data to the network side device by using the first transmit power or the second transmit power, compared to the prior art.
  • the method for adjusting the transmit power of the DPCCH by using only one power step can adjust the transmit power of the DPCCH by using different power steps for different adjustment stages, thereby further more accurately transmitting the power of the DPCCH, and
  • the signal-to-interference ratio of the DPCCH determined by the base station can be guaranteed (SIR: Signal to Interference)
  • Ratio can converge as quickly as possible to the target signal-to-interference ratio ⁇ r .

Abstract

Disclosed are a user equipment (UE), a network side device, a power adjustment method, and an SG determination method. The UE comprises: a processor, used for determining a first power step size, for utilizing the first power step size to adjust a transmission power of a dedicated physical control channel (DPCCH) of a UE from an initial power to a first transmission power, for determining a second power step size that is different from the first power step size, and for utilizing the second power step size to adjust the transmission power of the DPCCH from the first transmission power to a second transmission power; and, a transmitter connected to the processor and used for transmitting data to the network side device via the first transmission power and/or the second transmission power.

Description

UE、 网络侧设备、 功率调整方法及 SG确定方法 本申请要求在 2014年 3月 17 日 提交中 国 专利局、 申请号为 PCT/CN2014/073541 , 发明名称为 UE、 网络侧设备、 功率调整方法及 SG确定 方法的 PCT国际专利申请的优先权, 其全部内容通过 )用结合在本申请中。 技术领域  The present invention claims to be submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on March 17, 2014, and the application number is PCT/CN2014/073541, and the invention name is UE, network side equipment, power adjustment method and The priority of the PCT International Patent Application for the SG Determination Method, the entire contents of which is incorporated herein by reference. Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域, 尤其是涉及 UE、 网络侧设备、 功率调整方法 及 SG确定方法。 背景技术  The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a UE, a network side device, a power adjustment method, and an SG determining method. Background technique
在第二辅载波技术中, 系统为用户设备 ( UE: User Equipment )? I入一个 新的载波, 该载波类似于双载波高速上行分组接入(DC-HSUPA : Dual Cell High Speed Uplink Packet Access ) 的辅载波, 通过设置较高的负载目标值, 系统中所有 UE在该载波上进行时分复用( TDM: Time-Division Multiplexing )。  In the second secondary carrier technology, the system is a user equipment (UE: User Equipment)? I enter a new carrier, which is similar to the secondary carrier of DC-HSUPA (Dual Cell High Speed Uplink Packet Access). By setting a higher load target value, all UEs in the system are in the system. Time division multiplexing (TDM: Time-Division Multiplexing).
第二辅载波技术的好处在于, 同一时刻仅有一个或少数 UE发送数据, 这 样大大降低了 UE间的多址干扰。 此外, 由于一个 UE在一个传输时间间隔 ( TTI: Transmission Time Interval ) 内可以占用较高负载资源, 因此 UE可以进 行高速数据的传输。  The second secondary carrier technology has the advantage that only one or a few UEs transmit data at the same time, which greatly reduces the multiple access interference between UEs. In addition, since one UE can occupy higher load resources within one Transmission Time Interval (TTI), the UE can perform high-speed data transmission.
宽带码分多址移动通信系统( WCDMA: Wideband Code Division Multiple Access )上行 UE的发送是通过调度来完成的, 基站基于 UE的专用物理控制信 it ( DPCCH: Dedicated Physical control Channel ) 的测量信噪比, 为 UE发送 一个表征 UE可用最大功率的服务授权(SG: Serving Grant ) , 功率大表明可 以调度较大块长。  Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) uplink UE transmission is performed by scheduling, and the base station is based on the measured signal to noise ratio of the UE's dedicated physical control signal (DPCCH: Dedicated Physical Control Channel). Sending a service grant (SG: Serving Grant) that indicates the maximum power available to the UE for the UE. The high power indicates that a larger block length can be scheduled.
在传统方式下, UE开始发送上行增强专用信道 (E-DCH Enhanced: Dedicated Channel )数据之前, 会发送一段时间的 DPCCH功率控制前缀, 用 于信道质量的同步。 然而在第二辅载波技术下, 当 UE切换的时候, 切换到的 新 UE可能没有 DPCCH功率控制前缀, 因此基站也无法确定 UE开始发送所釆 用的初始功率, 直到基站接收到 UE上行发送的 DPCCH并估计出 DPCCH的信 号干扰比( SIR: Signal to Interference Ratio ) ,根据^?和目标信号干扰比 SIRt 的比较结果得到功控命令字, 通过下行发送至 UE接收, UE接收此功控命令字 并通过功率命令字中所包含的功率步长来对 UE的发送功率进行调整。 In the traditional mode, before the UE starts to send E-DCH Enhanced: Dedicated Channel data, it will send a DPCCH power control prefix for a period of time for channel quality synchronization. However, under the second secondary carrier technology, when the UE switches, the switch is made to The new UE may not have the DPCCH power control prefix, so the base station cannot determine the initial power used by the UE to start transmitting until the base station receives the DPCCH sent by the UE and estimates the signal to interference ratio (SIR: Signal to Interference Ratio) of the DPCCH. According to ^? The comparison result with the target signal interference ratio SIRt results in a power control command word, which is sent to the UE for reception by the downlink, and the UE receives the power control command word and adjusts the transmission power of the UE by using the power step included in the power command word.
目前协议规定的功率步长有两种, 一种是每时隙调整 ldB, 第二种是每时 隙调整 2dB。 釆用现有技术的方法确定的功率步长, 如果功率步长过低, 则可 能导致将对 UE的发送功率调整过慢, 进而导致 UE的发送功率过低, 不能充分 利用可获负载; 而如果功率步长过高, 又会导致负载超过目标值, 也即现有 技术中存在着对 UE的发送功率的调整不够准确的技术问题。 发明内容  There are two power step sizes specified in the current protocol. One is to adjust ldB per time slot, and the second is to adjust 2dB per time slot. The power step determined by the method of the prior art, if the power step is too low, the transmission power of the UE may be adjusted too slowly, and the transmission power of the UE is too low, and the available load cannot be fully utilized; If the power step is too high, the load will exceed the target value, that is, there is a technical problem in the prior art that the adjustment of the transmission power of the UE is not accurate enough. Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种功率调整方法、服务授权 SG确定方法及用户设 备, 以对 UE的发送功率进行更加准确的调整。  The embodiment of the invention provides a power adjustment method, a service authorization SG determining method and a user equipment, to more accurately adjust the transmission power of the UE.
第一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 处理器, 用于确 定第一功率步长, 并利用所述第一功率步长将所述 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; 以及, 确定与所述第一功 率步长不同的第二功率步长,并利用所述第二功率步长将所述 DPCCH发送功 率由所述第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率; 发送器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于通过所述第一发送功率和 /或所述第二发送功率向所述网络侧设备发送数 据。  In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a processor, configured to determine a first power step, and use the first power step to transmit power of a dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE. Adjusting from the initial power to the first transmit power; and determining a second power step different from the first power step, and using the second power step to transmit the DPCCH transmit power by the first The power is adjusted to the second transmit power; the transmitter is connected to the processor, and configured to send data to the network side device by using the first transmit power and/or the second transmit power.
结合第一方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE还包括:接收器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于在确定第一功率步长之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的 功率余量; 所述处理器, 还用于: 获取参考功率, 并根据所述参考功率和所 述功率余量确定所述初始功率。  With reference to the first aspect, in a first possible implementation, the UE further includes: a receiver, connected to the processor, configured to receive power remaining by the network side device before determining the first power step The processor is further configured to: acquire a reference power, and determine the initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
结合第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述 DPCCH配置有主载波和辅载波, 所述参考功率具体为: 所述主载波的 当前功率或者所述辅载波的下行导频功率。 In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the first aspect, in a second possible implementation, The DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or a downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
结合第一方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器, 具体用于: 接收由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所述第一 功率步长; 所述处理器, 具体用于: 从所述接收器获取所述第一功率步长; 或所述处理器, 具体用于: 将所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n 后获得的商值确定为所述第一功率步长, 所述 n为预设值。  With reference to the first aspect, in a third possible implementation, the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the first The processor is configured to: obtain the first power step from the receiver; or the processor is specifically configured to: use an absolute amount of power margin sent by the network side device The quotient obtained after dividing the value by n is determined as the first power step, and the n is a preset value.
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 将所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得到量化后的第一 功率步长。  With reference to the third possible implementation of the first aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: quantize the first power step to obtain the quantized first power Step size.
结合第一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第一方面的第四种可能的实现 方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述 n具体为: 所述 UE初次釆用服务授 权 SG进行增强专用信道专用物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数据发送的时延时隙 数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非 连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数与固定时隙数之和。  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the first aspect or the fourth possible implementation manner of the first aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the n is specifically: the UE firstly uses the service authorization SG The number of delay slots for transmitting the dedicated channel-specific physical data channel E-DPDCH data, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted and fixed. The sum of the number of slots.
结合第一方面, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器, 还用于: 接 收由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所述第二功 率步长; 所述处理器, 具体用于: 从所述接收器获取所述第二功率步长。  With reference to the first aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the second The power step is configured to: acquire the second power step from the receiver.
第二方面, 本发明实施例提供一种网络侧设备, 包括: 处理器, 用于确 定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字; 发送器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于将包 含所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所 述功率升降指令和第一功率步长将所述 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送 功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; 所述处理器, 还用于: 确定包含第二 功率步长的功控命令字; 所述发送器, 还用于: 将包含所述第二功率步长的 功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第二功率步长将所述 第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率, 其中, 所述第一功率步长与所述第二功 率步长为不同的功率步长。 结合第二方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于: 确 定所述第一功率步长; 所述发送器, 还用于: 将包含所述第一功率步长和所 述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第一功 结合第二方面, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于: 确 定所述 UE所使用的功率余量; 所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述功率余量发送给 所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据获得的参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述初始功 率。 In a second aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a processor, configured to determine a power control command word including a power lifting instruction; a transmitter connected to the processor, configured to include the power The power control command word of the lifting instruction is sent to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the UE from the initial power to the first transmission according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step The processor is further configured to: determine a power control command word that includes a second power step; the transmitter is further configured to: send a power control command word that includes the second power step to a user The UE is configured to adjust, by the second power step, the first transmit power to the second transmit power, where the first power step and the second power step are different. Power step size. With reference to the second aspect, in a first possible implementation, the processor is further configured to: determine the first power step; the transmitter is further configured to: include the first power step And the power control command word of the power up and down command is sent to the UE, so that the UE combines the second aspect by using the first work, and in a second possible implementation manner, the processor is further For determining: a power headroom used by the UE; the transmitter is further configured to: send the power headroom to the UE, so that the UE according to the obtained reference power and the power remaining The amount determines the initial power.
第三方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 接收器, 用于接 收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 和所述 UE可用的总控制信道功率 余量 C/P; 处理器, 连接于所述接收器, 用于至少根据所述 ^ rgw和所述 C/P 确定所述 UE的服务授权 SG。  In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a receiver, configured to receive a target signal interference ratio sent by a network side device and a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; And connected to the receiver, configured to determine a service authorization SG of the UE according to at least the device and the C/P.
结合第三方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在 至少根据所述 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前,接收所述网络侧设备发送 的所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 所述处理器, 具体用于: 至少根据所述 With reference to the third aspect, in a first possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to: receive, by the network side device, a location that is sent by the network side device, before determining the SG according to the at least the C/P The available network load of the UE; the processor is specifically configured to: at least according to the
SIRt 、 所述 c/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 SIRt , the c/P, and the Load determine the SG.
结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述 WR^w、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P以及公式:  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the third aspect, in a second possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR^w, the load, the C/P, and a formula :
SIR t,arget * SIR t, arget *
\ + SG + < Load , 确定所述 SGC \ + SG + < Load , determine the SG C
256 P 结合第三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在至少根据所述5 ^ 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所 述 SG之前,接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 所述处 理器, 具体用于: 根据所述5^ 3 、所述 Load、所述 C/P和所述 power_ margin 确定所述 SG。 In combination with the first possible implementation of the third aspect, in a third possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to: load and the C/P according to at least the 5 ^ Before determining the SG, receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device; the processor is specifically configured to: according to the 5 ^ 3 , the load, the C/P, and the The power_margin determines the SG.
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述 WR^w、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式: < Load , 确
Figure imgf000007_0001
In conjunction with the third possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, The processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR^w, the load, the C/P, the power_margin, and a formula: <Load,
Figure imgf000007_0001
定所述 SG。 Set the SG.
结合第三方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述 WR^w、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  With the third possible implementation of the third aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR^w, the load, the C/P, the Power-margin and formula:
, SIRt arg et . . ώ C、 . SIRt arg et 7 j», SIRt arg et . . ώ C, . SIRt arg et 7 j»
( ~ —— h power m arg in) * (1 + SG +— ) + ( ~ —— h power _ w arg in) < Load确足 所述 SG。 ( ~ —— h power m arg in) * (1 + SG + — ) + ( ~ —— h power _ w arg in) < Load suffices the SG.
结合第三方面, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在 至少根据所述 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前,接收所述网络侧设备发送 的所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 所述处理器, 具体用于: 至少基于所述 With reference to the third aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to: receive, by the network side device, a device that is sent by the network side device, before determining the SG according to the at least the C/P An available network load factor η of the UE; the processor is specifically configured to: at least
SIRt 、 所述 c/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。 SIRt , the c/P and the η determine the SG.
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述 WR^w、 所述 C/P和所述 η以及公式:
Figure imgf000007_0002
With reference to the sixth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: based on the WR^w, the C/P, and the η and a formula :
Figure imgf000007_0002
结合第三方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在至少基于所述5 ^ar 、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 所述处理 器, 具体用于: 基于所述5^ a 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定 所述 SG。 With the sixth possible implementation of the third aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the receiver is further configured to: at least based on the 5 ^ a r, the C/P, and the Before determining the SG, receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device, where the processor is specifically configured to: based on the 5 ^ a , the C/P, the η and The power_margin determines the SG.
结合第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器,具体用于:通过所述 ^ rgw、所述 c/P、所述 η和所述 power_ margin 以及公式: 1- η确定所述 SG。 With reference to the eighth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a ninth possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: pass the ^rgw, the c/P, the η, and the Power_ margin And the formula: 1 - η determines the SG.
,SIRt arg et . x 1 C、 , SIRt arg et . x 1 C,
( ~ ~ + power _m argin) * (1 + SG +―) 结合第三方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器,具体用于:通过所述 ^ rgw、所述 c/P、所述 η和所述 power_ margin 以及公式:  (~~ + power _m argin) * (1 + SG + ―) In combination with the eighth possible implementation of the third aspect, in a tenth possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: Said ^ rgw, the c / P, the η and the power_ margin and the formula:
1  1
1 + 1 确定 1 + 1 OK
, SIRl arg et 、 /1 C、 . SIRt arg et . . , SIRl arg et , /1 C, . SIRt arg et .
( —— h power _ m arg in) * (l + SG +— ) + ( —— h power _ m arg in) 所述 SG。  ( —— h power _ m arg in) * (l + SG + — ) + ( —— h power _ m arg in) The SG.
第四方面, 本发明实施例提供一种网络侧设备, 包括: 处理器, 用于确 定目标信号干扰比 所述 UE可用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 发送器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于将所述 和所述 C/P发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少通过所述 ^R^gw和所述 C/P确定所述 UE的服务授权 SG。  According to a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a processor, configured to determine a total control channel power margin C/P that is available to the UE by a target signal interference; and a transmitter connected to the processing And sending the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least the device and the C/P.
结合第四方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于: 确 定所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述 Load发送至 所述 UE, 以使所述 UE
Figure imgf000008_0001
、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定 所述 SG。
With reference to the fourth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the processor is further configured to: determine an available network load of the UE, where the transmitter is further configured to: send the load to the UE, to make the UE
Figure imgf000008_0001
The C/P and the Load determine the SG.
结合第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于: 确定功率余量 power— margin; 所述发送器, 具体用于: 将所述功率余量 power— margin发送至所述 UE,以使所述 UE根据所述 ^ 、 所述 Load、 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。  With reference to the first possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a second possible implementation, the processor is further configured to: determine a power headroom power-margin; the transmitter is specifically configured to: The power headroom power-margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the ^, the load, the C/P, and the power_margin.
结合第四方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于: 确 定所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述 η发送至所 述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于所述 、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。  With reference to the fourth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the processor is further configured to: determine an available network load factor η of the UE; the transmitter is further configured to: send the η to The UE, to enable the UE to determine the SG based on at least the C, P, and the η.
结合第四方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 还用于: 确定功率余量 power— margin; 所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述 power— margin发送至所述 UE , 以使所述 UE基于所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 第五方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 接收器, 用于接 收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin; 处理器, 连接于所述接收器, 用于 根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长 度。 In conjunction with the third possible implementation of the fourth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the processor is further configured to: determine a power margin power-margin; the transmitter is further configured to: Transmitting the power_margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on the ^, the C/P, the η, and the power_margin. According to a fifth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a receiver, configured to receive an SG and a power-margin sent by a network side device, and connect to the receiver, according to the SG. And the power_margin determines a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule.
结合第五方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于:  With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner, the processor is specifically configured to:
Serving—Grant power—margin 通过所述 SG、所述 power— margin以及公式:Serving—Grant power—margin through the SG, the power—margin, and the formula:
Figure imgf000009_0001
Figure imgf000009_0001
计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, ^^/ („表示所述 UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, Le ref m 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, ^表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Aharq 示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 Calculating a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, ^^ / ( „ indicates a reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, L e Ref m denotes the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, ^ denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Aharq shows the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
结合第五方面, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  With reference to the fifth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
K Serv - ing—Grant - (power—margin - stepsize * L ^pream hblle )^ K Serv - ing-Grant - (power-margin - stepsize * L ^pream h b l le )^
e,refm ■ ^ 7r 计算所述 UE能够调 度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize 表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, re/ m表示所述 UE的参 考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, re/ 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, Aed m 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Δ/κ^表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 结合第五方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: e, ref , m ■ ^ 7r calculates the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, and L p am ^ represents the DPCCH prefix The length, re/m represents the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, re/ represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ed m represents the quantized amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, Δ /κ^ indicates the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value. With reference to the fifth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Serving— Grant - power— mar n  Serving— Grant - power— mar n
 ,
Figure imgf000009_0002
Figure imgf000009_0002
计算所述 UE Calculating the UE
T . A1 . T . A 能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, re/ m+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC块长, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 4 m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, 4d 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比 , ^harq表示 HARQ偏移值。 T. A 1 . T . A The length of the largest transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving— Grant represents the SG, Representing the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, re/m+1 indicating the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, indicating the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 indicating The second reference E-TFC has the second number of code channels, 4 d represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and ^harq represents the HARQ offset value.
结合第五方面, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:
Figure imgf000010_0001
With reference to the fifth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Figure imgf000010_0001
计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, Ke ref m 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, ^/ (+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 4 m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的码 道数, 4d 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的 量化幅度比, Iharq表示 HARQ偏移值。 Calculating a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents a first power step, L p am ^ represents a length of a DPCCH prefix, and K e ref m represents The first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, ^ / ( +1 +1 indicates the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, indicating the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 indicates the number The second reference E-TFC code channel number, 4 d represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and Iharq represents the HARQ offset value.
第六方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 第一确定模块, 用于确定第一功率步长; 第一调整模块, 连接于所述第一确定模块, 用于利 用所述第一功率步长将所述 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始 功率调整至第一发送功率; 第二确定模块, 连接于所述第一调整模块, 用于 确定与所述第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长; 第二调整模块, 连接于所述 第二确定模块,用于利用所述第二功率步长将所述 DPCCH发送功率由所述第 一发送功率调整至第二发送功率。  According to a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a first determining module, configured to determine a first power step; and a first adjusting module, connected to the first determining module, to use the The first power step adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of the UE from the initial power to the first transmit power; the second determining module is connected to the first adjustment module, and is configured to determine the first power a second power step with a different step size; a second adjustment module, coupled to the second determining module, configured to adjust, by using the second power step, the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to a first Two transmit power.
结合第六方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中,所述 UE还包括:接收模块, 用于在确定第一功率步长之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量; 获取模块, 用于获取参考功率; 第三确定模块, 用于根据所述参考功率和所述功率余量 确定所述 DPCCH初始功率。 结合第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述 DPCCH配置有主载波和辅载波, 所述参考功率具体为: 所述主载波的 当前功率或者所述辅载波的下行导频功率。 With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the UE further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive a power headroom sent by the network side device before determining the first power step; Obtaining a reference power; a third determining module, configured to determine the DPCCH initial power according to the reference power and the power margin. With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, where the reference power is specifically: a current power or a location of the primary carrier. The downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
结合第六方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一确定模块, 具体 用于: 接收由所述网络侧设备通过发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包 含所述第一功率步长; 或将所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n 后获得的商值确定为所述第一功率步长, 所述 n为预设值。  With reference to the sixth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the first determining module is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes The first power step is determined; or the quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and the n is a preset value.
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述第一确定模块, 具体用于: 将所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得到量化后 的第一功率步长。  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the first determining module is specifically configured to: quantize the first power step, and obtain the quantized A power step.
结合第六方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第六方面的第四种可能的实现 方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述 n具体为: 所述 UE初次釆用服务授 权 SG进行增强专用信道专用物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数据发送的时延时隙 数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非 连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数与固定时隙数之和。  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, or the fourth possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the n is specifically: the UE firstly uses the service authorization SG The number of delay slots for transmitting the dedicated channel-specific physical data channel E-DPDCH data, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted and fixed. The sum of the number of slots.
结合第六方面, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述第二确定模块, 具体 用于: 接收由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所 述第二功率步长。  With reference to the sixth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the second determining module is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the The second power step.
第七方面, 本发明实施例提供一种网络侧设备, 包括: 第一确定模块, 用于确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字; 第一发送模块, 用于将包含所述 功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述功率 升降指令和第一功率步长将所述 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由 初始功率调整至第一发送功率; 第二确定模块, 用于确定包含第二功率步长 的功控命令字; 第二发送模块, 用于将包含所述第二功率步长的功控命令字 发送至用户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第二功率步长将所述第一发送功 率调整至第二发送功率, 其中, 所述第一功率步长与所述第二功率步长为不 同的功率步长。 结合第七方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 第三确定模块, 用于确定所述第一功率步长; 所述第二发送模块, 具体用于: 将包含所述第 一功率步长和所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE According to a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a first determining module, configured to determine a power control command word including a power lifting instruction; and a first sending module, configured to include the power lifting instruction The power control command word is sent to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the UE from the initial power to the first transmission power according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step; a determining module, configured to determine a power control command word that includes a second power step; a second sending module, configured to send, to the user equipment UE, the power control command word that includes the second power step The UE adjusts the first transmit power to the second transmit power by using the second power step, where the first power step and the second power step are different power steps. With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation, the method further includes: a third determining module, configured to determine the first power step; the second sending module is specifically configured to: a power step and a power control command word of the power up and down command are sent to the UE to enable the UE
第一发送功率。 First transmit power.
结合第七方面, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 第四确定模块, 用于确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量; 所述第一发送模块, 还用于: 将所述功 率余量发送给所述 UE , 以使所述 UE根据获得的参考功率和所述功率余量确 定所述初始功率。  With reference to the seventh aspect, in a second possible implementation, the method further includes: a fourth determining module, configured to determine a power headroom used by the UE; the first sending module is further configured to: A power headroom is sent to the UE to cause the UE to determine the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
第八方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 第一接收模块, 用于接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 SIRt 所述 UE可用的总控制信道 功率余量 C/P; 确定模块, 连接于所述接收模块, 用于至少根据所述^^ 和 所述 C/P确定所述 SG。 The eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE, including: a first receiving module, configured to receive a target signal interference ratio SIRt transmitted by the network side device, and a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; a determining module, coupled to the receiving module, configured to determine the SG according to at least the ^^ and the C/P.
结合第八方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE还包括: 第二接收 模块, 用于在至少根据所述 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述 网络侧设备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 至少根据所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。  With reference to the eighth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the UE further includes: a second receiving module, configured to receive the network side before determining the SG according to the at least the C/P And the determining module is configured to: determine, according to the ^, the C/P, and the Load, the SG.
结合第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 ^、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P以及公式:  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the second possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: based on the ^, the Load, the C/P, and a formula:
< ROT , 确定所述 SG。 < ROT , the SG is determined.
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000012_0001
结合第八方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE还包括: 第三接收模块, 用于在至少根据所述 S 7 r 、 所述 Load和 所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 根据所述5^ 所述 Load、 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 结合第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 ^R w、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式: m arg in 1 + SG+ - < ROT , 确定所
Figure imgf000013_0001
P 述 SG。
Binding a first possible implementation of the eighth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the UE further comprising: a third receiving module, for at least according to the S 7 r, and the said Load Before determining the SG, the C/P receives the power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device; the determining module is specifically configured to: load, the C/P according to the 5 ^ And the power_margin determines the SG. With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: based on the ^R w, the load, the C/P, the Power-margin and formula: m arg in 1 + SG+ - < ROT , OK
Figure imgf000013_0001
P describes SG.
结合第八方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 ^ ^、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: be based on the ^^, the load, the C/P, the Power—margin and formula:
+ p0werm arg z ) < Load确定所述
Figure imgf000013_0002
+ p 0werm arg z ) < Load determines the stated
Figure imgf000013_0002
SG。  SG.
结合第八方面, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE还包括: 第四接收 模块, 用于在至少根据所述5 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述网 络侧设备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 至少基于所述1 、 所述 c/p和所述 η确定所述 SG。 With reference to the eighth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the UE further includes: a fourth receiving module, configured to receive the network before determining the SG according to at least the 5 and the C/P And the determining module is configured to: determine the SG based on at least the 1 , the c/p, and the η .
结合第八方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 ^R^ei、 所述 C/P和所述 η以及公式: With reference to the sixth possible implementation of the eighth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: based on the ^R^ ei , the C/P, and the η formula:
Figure imgf000013_0003
Figure imgf000013_0003
结合第八方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 所述 UE还包括: 第五接收模块, 用于在至少基于所述 ^ ^、 所述 C P和所 述 η确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量  With the sixth possible implementation of the eighth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation, the UE further includes: a fifth receiving module, configured to perform the at least the ^^, the CP, and the Before determining the SG, receiving the power headroom sent by the network side device
power— margin; 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。  The determining module is specifically configured to: determine the SG based on the ^, the C/P, the η, and the power_margin.
结合第八方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述5^ ar 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式:
Figure imgf000014_0001
With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the ninth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the 5 ^ar, the C/P, the η, and the Description Power—margin and formula:
Figure imgf000014_0001
SG。  SG.
结合第八方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the 5 , the C/P, the η, and the
power— margin以及公式: l + ^w r—— 确定所Power—margin and formula: l + ^wr - OK
( ^ ^ + power m argin) * (1 + SG + + ( ^ ^ + power _ m arg in) 述 SG。 ( ^ ^ + power m argin) * (1 + SG + + ( ^ ^ + power _ m arg in) SG.
第九方面, 本发明实施例提供一种网络侧设备, 包括: 第一确定模块, 用于确定目标信号干扰比 SIR^get所述 UE可用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 第 一发送模块, 用于将所述 argw和所述 C/P发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至 少通过所述 SR^gw和所述 C/P确定所述 UE的服务授权 SG。 A ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device, including: a first determining module, configured to determine a target signal interference ratio SIR^ get , a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; And a module, configured to send the a r g w and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least the SR^gw and the C/P.
结合第九方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 第二确定模块, 用于确定所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 第二发送模块, 用于: 将所述 Load 发送至所述 UE,以使所述 UE至少基于所述所述 ^R^gw、所述 C/P和所述 Load 确定所述 SG。  With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the method further includes: a second determining module, configured to determine an available network load of the UE; and a second sending module, configured to: send the load to the Determining the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based at least on the ^^^^, the C/P, and the Load.
结合第九方面, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 第三确定模块, 用于确定功率余量 power— margin; 第三发送模块, 用于将所述功率余量 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述 WR^gei、 所述 Load、 所 述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 With reference to the ninth aspect, in a second possible implementation, the method further includes: a third determining module, configured to determine a power margin, a power-margin; and a third sending module, configured to send the power headroom Go to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the WR^ gei , the Load, the C/P, and the power_margin.
结合第九方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 第四确定模块, 用于确定所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 第四发送模块, 用于将所述 η发送 至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于所述 WR^w、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。 结合第九方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 第五确定模块, 用于确定功率余量 power— margin; 第五发送模块, 用于将所述 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE基于所述 ^ 、 所 述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 第十方面, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设备 UE, 包括: 接收模块, 用于 接收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin;确定模块,连接于所述接收模块, 用于根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块 的长度。 With reference to the ninth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the method further includes: a fourth determining module, configured to determine an available network load factor η of the UE; and a fourth sending module, configured to send the η to the Determining the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the WR^w, the C/P, and the η. With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the method further includes: a fifth determining module, configured to determine a power margin; a fifth sending module, configured to The power_margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on the ^, the C/P, the η, and the power_margin. According to a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment (UE), including: a receiving module, configured to receive an SG and a power-margin sent by a network side device; and a determining module, connected to the receiving module, according to the SG And the power_margin determines a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule.
结合第十方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于:  With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to:
Serving—Grant power—margin 通过所述 SG、所述 power— margin以及公式: e,ref,m j 2 i QAharq/lO e,ref,m ed,m 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, ^^/ („表示所述 UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, Le ref m 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, ^表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Aharq 示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 Serving-Grant power_margin calculates, by the SG, the power_margin and the formula: e, ref, mj 2 i QAharq/lO e, ref, m ed, m, the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; In the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, ^^ / ( „ indicates the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, and L e ref m represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length , ^ denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Aharq shows the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
结合第十方面, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  With reference to the tenth aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
K K
Figure imgf000015_0001
UE e,refm ■ 计算所述 能够调
Figure imgf000015_0001
UE e, ref , m ■ Calculate the ability to adjust
^e,ref,m ^βά,ιη i W ^e,ref,m ^βά,ιη i W
度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize 表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, re/ m表示所述 UE的参 考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, re/ 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, Aed m 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Δ/κ^表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 The length of the maximum transport block of the degree; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L p am ^ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and re/m represents the reference enhanced type of the UE The transport format combines the E-TFC block length, re/ denotes the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ed m denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Δ/κ^ denotes the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value .
结合第十方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: Serving— Grant - power— mar n With reference to the tenth aspect, in a third possible implementation manner, the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula: Serving— Grant - power— mar n
1 L  1 L
T . A 2 计算所述 UE T. A 2 calculates the UE
A 能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, re/ m+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC块长, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 4 m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, 4d 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比 , ^harq表示 HARQ偏移值。 A is the length of the largest transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, indicating the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and re/m+1 represents the second reference of the UE The E-TFC block length represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, and 4 d represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and ^harq represents the HARQ offset value.
结合第十方面, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  With reference to the tenth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the determining module is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * Lpreajiible) Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * L preajiible )
κ 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, Ke ref m 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, ^/ (+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, 4, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, J^m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的第 二码道数, ^表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC 的量化幅度比, Aharq表示 HARQ偏移值。 κ calculating the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L p am ^ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and K e ref m represents The first reference E-TFC block of the UE is long, ^ / ( +1 represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and 4 represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, J^ m +1 represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, ^ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and Aharq represents the HARQ offset value .
第十一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种功率调整方法, 包括: 确定第一功 率步长; 利用所述第一功率步长将用户设备 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH 发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; 确定与所述第一功率步长不同的 第二功率步长;利用所述第二功率步长将所述 DPCCH发送功率由所述第一发 送功率调整至第二发送功率。  In an eleventh aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a power adjustment method, including: determining a first power step; adjusting, by using the first power step, a dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of a user equipment UE from initial power to a first transmit power; determining a second power step different from the first power step; and adjusting the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power by using the second power step.
结合第十一方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述确定第一功率步 长之前, 所述方法还包括: 所述 UE接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量; 所述 UE获取参考功率; 所述 UE根据所述参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述初始 功率。 With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a first possible implementation, before the determining the first power step, the method further includes: receiving, by the UE, a power headroom sent by a network side device; The UE acquires reference power; the UE determines the initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
结合第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述 DPCCH配置有主载波和辅载波, 所述参考功率具体为: 所述主载波的 当前功率或者所述辅载波的下行导频功率。  With reference to the first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in a second possible implementation manner, the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, where the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or Downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
结合第十一方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定第一功率步长, 具体为: 接收由所述网络侧设备通过发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中 包含所述第一功率步长; 或将网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后 获得的商值确定为所述第一功率步长, 所述 n为预设值。  With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a third possible implementation, the determining the first power step, specifically: receiving a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word is The first power step is included; or the quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and the n is a preset value.
结合第十一方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 在所述将网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后获得的商值确定为所 述第一功率步长之后, 所述方法还包括: 将所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得 到量化后的第一功率步长。  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the quotient obtained after dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as After the first power step, the method further includes: quantizing the first power step to obtain a quantized first power step.
结合第十一方面的第三种可能的实现方式或第十一方面的第四种可能的 实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述 n具体为: 所述 UE初次釆用服 务授权 SG进行增强专用信道专用物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数据发送的时延时 隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH 非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数与固定时隙数之和。  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect or the fourth possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, in a fifth possible implementation manner, the n is specifically: the UE first serving service Authorizing the SG to perform the number of delay slots for transmitting the E-DPDCH data of the dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted The sum of the fixed number of slots.
结合第十一方面, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 所述确定与所述第一功 率步长不同的第二功率步长, 具体为: 接收由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命 令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所述第二功率步长。  With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a sixth possible implementation, the determining a second power step that is different from the first power step is: receiving a power control command sent by the network side device a word, the power control command word includes the second power step.
第十二方面, 本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 包括: 确定包含功 率升降指令的功控命令字; 将包含所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用 户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述功率升降指令和第一功率步长将所述 UE 的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率;确定 包含第二功率步长的功控命令字; 将包含所述第二功率步长的功控命令字发 送至用户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第二功率步长将所述第一发送功率 调整至第二发送功率, 其中, 所述第一功率步长与所述第二功率步长为不同 的功率步长。 According to a twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including: determining a power control command word including a power lifting instruction; and transmitting, to the user equipment UE, a power control command word including the power lifting instruction Determining, by the UE, the transmit power of the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE from the initial power to the first transmit power according to the power up and down command and the first power step; determining a power command word including the second power step; The power control command word including the second power step is sent to the user equipment UE, so that the UE sends the first transmit power by using the second power step Adjusting to a second transmit power, where the first power step and the second power step are different power steps.
结合第十二方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述将包含所述功率 升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE之前, 所述方法还包括: 确定所述 第一功率步长; 所述将包含所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 具体为: 将包含所述第一功率步长和所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发 送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第一功率步长将所述 DPCCH发送功率 由所述初始功率调整至所述第一发送功率。  With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation, before the sending the power control command word that includes the power lifting instruction to the user equipment UE, the method further includes: determining the first power Sending the power control command word including the power lifting instruction to the user equipment UE, specifically: sending a power control command word including the first power step and the power lifting instruction to the And the UE, to enable the UE to adjust the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power to the first transmit power by using the first power step.
结合第十二方面, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 在确定包含功率升降指 令的功控命令字之前, 所述方法还包括: 确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量; 将 所述功率余量发送给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据获得的参考功率和所述功率 余量确定所述初始功率。 With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a second possible implementation, before determining the power control command word including the power lifting instruction, the method further includes: determining a power headroom used by the UE; A margin is sent to the UE to cause the UE to determine the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
第十三方面, 本发明实施例提供一种服务授权 SG确定方法, 包括: 用户 设备 UE接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 SIRt 所述 UE可用的总控制 信道功率余量 C/P; 至少根据所述 和所述 c/P确定所述 SG。 According to a thirteenth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a service authorization SG determining method, including: receiving, by a user equipment UE, a target signal interference ratio SIRt , a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; The SG is determined according to the sum and the c/P.
结合第十三方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 在所述至少根据所述  In conjunction with the thirteenth aspect, in a first possible implementation,
SIRt 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 所述方法还包括: 接收所述网络侧设备 发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 所述至少根据所述5 和所述 c/P 确定所述 SG, 具体包括: 至少根据所述 ^ ^、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所 述 SG。 Before the SIR and the C/P determine the SG, the method further includes: receiving an available network load Load of the UE sent by the network side device; determining the at least according to the 5 and the c/P The SG specifically includes: determining the SG according to at least the ^, the C/P, and the Load.
结合第十三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述至少根据所述 5^a^、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所述 SG, 具体为: 基于 所述 S/R ei、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P以及公式: 1 + SG + < Load , 确 First possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect, in a second possible implementation, the at least according to the 5 ^ a ^, the Load and the C / P determining the SG, specifically For: based on the S/R ei , the Load, the C/P and the formula: 1 + SG + < Load , indeed
256 P 定所述 SG。  256 P sets the SG.
结合第十三方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 在所述至少根据所述5 、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 所述 方法还包括: 接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 所述 至少根据所述 ^7^^、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所述 SG, 具体为: 根据所述In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the thirteenth aspect, in a third possible implementation, At least 5 according to the prior, the Load and the C / P in the determining the SG, the method further comprising: receiving the power headroom power- margin sent by the network equipment; at least the said ^ ^^ 7, the Load and the C / P determining the SG, specifically as follows: according to the
SIRt 、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 SIRt , the Load, the C/P, and the power_margin determine the SG.
结合第十三方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述根据所述 ^^gw、所述 Load、所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 基于所述^^ ,、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the determining, according to the ^^gw, the load, the C/P, and the power_margin The SG is specifically: based on the ^^, the Load, the C/P, the power-margin, and the public
≤Load , 确定所述 SGC ≤Load, determine the SG C
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
结合第十三方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第五种可能的实现方式中, 所述根据所述^^"、所述 Load、所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 基于所述5^ a 、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect, in a fifth possible implementation, the determining, according to the method, the load, the C/P, and the power-margin SG, specifically: based on the 5 ^ a , the load, the C/P, the power-margin, and the public
SIRt Tg et + wer m jn * (i + + + SHg et + pQwerm arg Load 式: 256 - P 256 确定所 述 SG。 SIRt Tg et + wer m jn * (i + + + SH ge t + p Qwer - m ar g Load Equation: 256 - P 256 Determine the SG.
结合第十三方面, 在第六种可能的实现方式中, 在所述至少根据所述 In conjunction with the thirteenth aspect, in a sixth possible implementation,
SIR^ t和所述 c/P确定所述 SG之前, 所述方法还包括: 接收所述网络侧设备 发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 所述至少根据所述^ ^和所述 C/P 确定所述 SG,具体为:至少基于所述1 ^ ^、所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。 Before SIR ^ t and the c / P determining the SG, the method further comprises: the network side of the receiving apparatus of a UE available network load factor [eta]; ^ ^ at least in accordance with the said and The C/P determines the SG, specifically: determining the SG based on at least the 1 ^^, the C/P, and the η.
结合第十三方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第七种可能的实现方式中, 所述至少基于所述 ^ ^、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG, 具体为: 基于所  With reference to the sixth possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect, in a seventh possible implementation, the determining the SG based on the at least the ^, the C/P, and the η is specifically: Based on
H t、 所述 C/P和所述 η以及公式: 确定所述
Figure imgf000019_0002
H t , the C/P and the η and the formula: determining the
Figure imgf000019_0002
SG。  SG.
结合第十三方面的第六种可能的实现方式, 在第八种可能的实现方式中, 在所述至少基于所述 SIRt 、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG之前, 所述方法 还包括: 接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 所述至少 基于所述5^ 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG, 具体为: 基于所述5 ^ar 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 With reference to the sixth possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect, in an eighth possible implementation manner, Before the determining the SG based on the SIRt , the C/P, and the η, the method further includes: receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device; the basis of the ^ 5 C / P and the η determining the SG, specifically: based on the 5 ^ a r, the C / P, the η and the power- margin determining the SG.
结合第十三方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第九种可能的实现方式中, 所述基于所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式:With reference to the eighth possible implementation manner of the thirteenth aspect, in a ninth possible implementation manner, the determining, by the ^, the C/P, the η, and the power_margin, the SG Specifically, through: 5 , the C/P, the η, and the power_margin and a formula:
η确定所述 SG。  η determines the SG.
1 + 1 1 + 1
.SIRt arg et . ^ ^ / 0 C、 .SIRt arg et . ^ ^ / 0 C,
( ~ ~ + power _m argin) * (1 + SG +―) 结合第十三方面的第八种可能的实现方式, 在第十种可能的实现方式中, 所述基于所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式: (~~ + power _m argin) * (1 + SG + ―) In combination with the eighth possible implementation of the thirteenth aspect, in the tenth possible implementation, the /P, the η and the power_margin determine the SG, specifically: by the 5 , the C/P, the η, and the power_margin and a formula:
1- η确定所述 1- η determines the said
,SIRt w et . λ λ1 0 C、 , SIRt arg et . . , SIRt w et . λ λ1 0 C, , SIRt arg et .
( ^ ^ + power m argin) * (1 + SG + + ( ^ ^ + power _ m arg in) SG。  ( ^ ^ + power m argin) * (1 + SG + + ( ^ ^ + power _ m arg in) SG.
第十四方面, 本发明实施例提供一种数据传输方法, 包括: 确定目标信 号干扰比 所述 UE可用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 将所述 和所 述 C/P发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少通过所述 ^R^gw和所述 C/P确定所 述 UE的服务授权 SG。 结合第十四方面, 在第一种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 确定所述 UE的 可用网络负载 Load; 将所述 Load发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于所 述所述 S/R^gei、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 According to a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method, including: determining a target signal interference ratio of a total control channel power headroom C/P available to the UE; and transmitting the C/P to the Determining the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least the device and the C/P. With reference to the fourteenth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the method further includes: determining an available network load of the UE; sending the load to the UE, so that the UE is based at least on the S/R^ gei , the C/P and the Load determine the SG.
结合第十四方面的第一种可能的实现方式, 在第二种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 确定功率余量 power— margin; 将所述功率余量 power— margin发送至 所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述 5^argw、 所述 Load、 所述 C/P和所述 In conjunction with the first possible implementation of the fourteenth aspect, in a second possible implementation, the method further includes: determining a power headroom power-margin; sending the power headroom power_margin to The UE, so that the UE according to the 5^ a r g w, the Load, the C/P, and the
power— margin确定所述 SG。 Power_margin determines the SG.
结合第十四方面, 在第三种可能的实现方式中, 还包括:确定所述 UE的 可用网络负载因子 η; 将所述 η发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于所述 SIR^et、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。 With reference to the fourteenth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the method further includes: determining an available network load factor η of the UE; sending the η to the UE, so that the UE is based at least on the SIR ^ et , the C/P and the η determine the SG.
结合第十四方面的第三种可能的实现方式, 在第四种可能的实现方式中, 还包括: 确定功率余量 power— margin; 将所述 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE基于所述 ^R^gw、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所 述 SG。  With reference to the third possible implementation manner of the fourteenth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the method further includes: determining a power head margin power_margin; sending the power_margin to the UE, so as to enable The UE determines the SG based on the ^R^gw, the C/P, the η, and the power_margin.
本发明的第十五方面, 提供一种传输块长度确定方法, 包括: 接收网络 侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin; 才艮据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度。  A fifteenth aspect of the present invention provides a method for determining a length of a transport block, comprising: receiving an SG and a power-margin sent by a network side device, and determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a maximum transmission that the UE can schedule The length of the block.
结合第十五方面,在第一种可能的实现方式中, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 计算所述 UE With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a first possible implementation, the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power - margin and formula: Calculate the UE
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, 表示所述 UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, Le ref m表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, 4 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Aharq表示混合自 动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 The length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, indicating the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, and L e ref m represents the reference E-TFC block length The number of code channels, 4 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Ah arq represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
结合第十五方面,在第二种可能的实现方式中, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a second possible implementation, the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power — margin and formula:
K Serving—Grant - (、power—margin - stepsize - * L ^pream hblle ) K Serving—Grant - (, power—margin - stepsize - * L ^pream h b l le )
e,refm ■ ^ 7r 计算所述 UE能够调 度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize 表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, re/ m表示所述 UE的参 考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, re/ 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, Aed m 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Δ/κ^表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 e, ref , m ■ ^ 7r calculates the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, and L p am ^ represents the DPCCH prefix Length, re/m represents the parameters of the UE The enhanced transport format combines the E-TFC block length, re/ denotes the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ed m denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Δ/κ^ denotes the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ Offset value.
结合第十五方面,在第三种可能的实现方式中, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 计算所述 UE
Figure imgf000022_0001
能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, re/ m+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC块长, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 4 m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, 4d 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比 , ^harq表示 HARQ偏移值。
With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a third possible implementation, the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power - margin and formula: Calculate the UE
Figure imgf000022_0001
The length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, the Serving-Gold indicates that the SG indicates the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and re/m+1 indicates the second reference E of the UE. - TFC block length, indicating the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 indicating the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, and 4 d indicating the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and ^harq represents the HARQ offset value.
结合第十五方面,在第四种可能的实现方式中, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  With reference to the fifteenth aspect, in a fourth possible implementation, the determining, by the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power — margin and formula:
Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * Lpreajiible) Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * L preajiible )
κ 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, Ke ref m 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, ^/ (+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 4 m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的码 道数, 4d 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的 量化幅度比, Iharq表示 HARQ偏移值。 κ calculating the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L p am ^ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and K e ref m represents The first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, ^ / ( +1 +1 indicates the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, indicating the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 indicates The number of code channels of the second reference E-TFC, 4 d represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and Iharq represents the HARQ offset value.
本发明有益效果如下: 由于在本发明实施例中,处理器首先通过第一功率步长将用户设备 UE的 专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率,然后通 过与第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长,将 DPCCH发送功率由第一发送功率 调整为第二发送功率, 而发送器则通过通过第一发送功率或第二发送功率向 网络侧设备发送数据,相较于现有技术中只通过一种功率步长对 DPCCH发送 功率进行调整的方式, 本发明这里能够针对不同的调整阶段釆用不同的功率 步长对 DPCCH发送功率进行调整,进而对 DPCCH发送功率的更加更加准确, 并且能够保证基站所确定的 DPCCH的信号干扰比( SIR: Signal to InterferenceThe beneficial effects of the present invention are as follows: In the embodiment of the present invention, the processor first adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmission power by using the first power step, and then passes the first power step. The second power step is to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power, and the transmitter sends the data to the network side device by using the first transmit power or the second transmit power, compared to the prior art. The method for adjusting the transmit power of the DPCCH by using only one power step, the present invention can adjust the transmit power of the DPCCH by using different power steps for different adjustment stages, thereby further more accurately transmitting the power of the DPCCH, and The signal-to-interference ratio of the DPCCH determined by the base station can be guaranteed (SIR: Signal to Interference)
Ratio ) 能够尽快收敛到目标信号干扰比 ^ r 。 附图说明 Ratio ) can converge as quickly as possible to the target signal-to-interference ratio ^ r . DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明实施例第一方面的 UE的结构图;  1 is a structural diagram of a UE according to a first aspect of an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2a为本发明实施例第一方面中处理器通过增加功率步长的方式调整 DPCCH发送功率的示意图;  2a is a schematic diagram of a processor adjusting a DPCCH transmission power by increasing a power step in a first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention;
图 2b为本发明实施例第一方面中处理器通过降低功率步长的方式调整 DPCCH发送功率的示意图;  2b is a schematic diagram of a processor adjusting a transmit power of a DPCCH by reducing a power step in a first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为本发明实施例第二方面的网络侧设备的结构图;  3 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention;
图 4为本发明实施例第三方面的 UE的结构图;  4 is a structural diagram of a UE according to a third aspect of the embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例第三方面中 E-AGCH发送及应用的时序关系图; 图 6为本发明实施例第四方面的网络侧设备的结构图;  5 is a timing diagram of E-AGCH transmission and application according to a third aspect of the present invention; FIG. 6 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention;
图 7 A为本发明实施例第五方面的 UE的结构图;  7A is a structural diagram of a UE according to a fifth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention;
图 7B为本发明实施例第六方面的 UE的结构图;  7B is a structural diagram of a UE according to a sixth aspect of the present invention;
图 8为本发明实施例第七方面的网络侧设备的结构图;  8 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a seventh aspect of the present invention;
图 9为本发明实施例第八方面的 UE的结构图;  9 is a structural diagram of a UE according to an eighth aspect of the present invention;
图 1 OA为本发明实施例第九方面的网络侧设备的结构图;  1 is a structural diagram of a network side device according to a ninth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention;
图 10B为本发明实施例第十方面的 UE的结构图; 图 11为本发明实施例第十一方面的- -种功率调整方法的流程图; 图 12为本发明实施例第十二方面的- -种数据传输方法的流程图; 图 13为本发明实施例第十三方面的- -种 SG确定方法的流程图; 10B is a structural diagram of a UE according to a tenth aspect of the present invention; 11 is a flowchart of a power adjustment method according to an eleventh embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a data transmission method according to a twelfth aspect of the present invention; A flowchart of a method for determining SG in the thirteenth aspect of the invention;
图 14为本发明实施例第十四方面的- -种数据传输方法的流程图; 图 15为本发明实施例第十五方面的- -种传输块长度确定方法的流程图 具体实施方式  14 is a flowchart of a method for data transmission according to a fourteenth aspect of the present invention; FIG. 15 is a flowchart of a method for determining a length of a transport block according to a fifteenth aspect of the present invention.
为了以对 UE的发送功率进行更加准确的调整,本发明实施例这里提出的 技术方案中,处理器首先通过第一功率步长将用户设备 UE的专用物理控制信 道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率,然后通过与第一功率步 长不同的第二功率步长,将 DPCCH发送功率由第一发送功率调整为第二发送 功率, 而发送器则通过第一发送功率或第二发送功率向网络侧设备发送数据, 相较于现有技术中只通过一种功率步长对 DPCCH发送功率进行调整的方式, 本发明这里能够针对不同的调整阶段釆用不同的功率步长对 DPCCH发送功 率进行调整,进而对 DPCCH发送功率的更加更加准确, 并且能够保证基站所 确定的 DPCCH的信号干扰比( SIR: Signal to Interference Ratio ) 能够尽快收 敛到目标信号干扰比 。  In order to perform more accurate adjustment on the transmit power of the UE, in the technical solution proposed by the embodiment of the present invention, the processor first adjusts the transmit power of the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first power step. The first transmit power, and then the DPCCH transmit power is adjusted from the first transmit power to the second transmit power by a second power step different from the first power step, and the transmitter transmits the first transmit power or the second transmit power The power is transmitted to the network side device. Compared with the prior art, the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted by only one power step. The present invention can send different power steps to the DPCCH for different adjustment stages. The power is adjusted to further improve the transmit power of the DPCCH, and it can be ensured that the signal to interference ratio (SIR: Signal to Interference Ratio) of the DPCCH determined by the base station can converge to the target signal-to-interference ratio as soon as possible.
下面将结合各个附图对本发明实施例技术方案的主要实现原理、 具体实 施方式及其对应能够达到的有益效果进行详细地阐述。  The main implementation principles, specific implementation manners, and the corresponding beneficial effects that can be achieved by the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
第一方面, 本发明实施例提供一种 UE, 请参考图 1 , 具体包括: 处理器 10, 用于确定第一功率步长,  In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a UE. Referring to FIG. 1, the method specifically includes: a processor 10, configured to determine a first power step.
利用第一功率步长将用户设备 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率 由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; 以及  Dedicating the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmit power using the first power step;
确定与第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长,  Determining a second power step that is different from the first power step,
利用第二功率步长将 DPCCH发送功率由第一发送功率调整至第二发送 功率;  Using the second power step to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power;
发送器 11 , 连接于处理器, 用于通过第一发送功率和 /或第二发送功率向 网络侧设备发送数据, 也即可以可以通过第一发送功率和第二发送功率中的 至少一种发送功率向网络侧设备发送数据。 The transmitter 11 is connected to the processor, configured to pass the first transmit power and/or the second transmit power to The network side device sends data, that is, the data may be sent to the network side device by using at least one of the first sending power and the second sending power.
在具体实施过程中, UE还包括: 接收器, 连接于处理器 10, 用于在确定 第一功率步长之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量。 网络侧设备例如为: 基站、 无线网络控制器 (RNC: Radio Network Controller )等等。  In a specific implementation, the UE further includes: a receiver, connected to the processor 10, configured to receive a power headroom sent by the network side device before determining the first power step. The network side devices are, for example, a base station, a radio network controller (RNC: Radio Network Controller), and the like.
处理器 10, 还用于: 获取参考功率, 并根据参考功率和功率余量确定初 始功率。  The processor 10 is further configured to: acquire a reference power, and determine an initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
由于在 UE切换时或者 UE长时间没有发送数据时, 基站无法确定 UE开 始发送所釆用的 DPCCH初始功率, 故而, 在初始发送阶段, 需要为 UE确定 合适的 DPCCH的初始功率,以保证在没有接收到网络侧设备发送的 AG之前, 也能够发送数据, 进而提高资源利用率。  The base station cannot determine the initial power of the DPCCH used by the UE when the UE is handed over or when the UE does not transmit data for a long time. Therefore, in the initial transmission phase, the initial power of the appropriate DPCCH needs to be determined for the UE to ensure that there is no Before receiving the AG sent by the network side device, it can also send data, thereby improving resource utilization.
在具体实施过程中, 网络侧设备可以通过信令向 UE发送功率余量。  In a specific implementation process, the network side device may send a power headroom to the UE by using signaling.
而本发明中的 DPCCH可以配置主载波和辅载波,进而使该方案应用于双 载波系统, 在这种情况下, 参考功率例如为: 主载波的当前功率或者辅载波 的下行导频功率等等,这两种功率都可以由 UE自己检测,对于釆用何种方式 获得参考功率, 本发明实施例不作限制。  The DPCCH in the present invention can configure the primary carrier and the secondary carrier, and the scheme is applied to the dual carrier system. In this case, the reference power is, for example, the current power of the primary carrier or the downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier, and the like. The two types of power can be detected by the UE. The method for obtaining the reference power is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
在主载波的当前功率为当前上行功率时, 由于主载波的当前上行频率与 辅载波的频率间隔较小, 而通常情况下 UE通过辅载波发送 DPCCH, 故而能 够保证所确定的 DPCCH初始功率更加精确。  When the current power of the primary carrier is the current uplink power, since the current uplink frequency of the primary carrier and the secondary carrier have a small frequency interval, the UE normally transmits the DPCCH through the secondary carrier, thereby ensuring that the determined initial power of the DPCCH is more accurate. .
处理器 10, 可以通过将功率余量与参考功率作线性运算的方式获取初始 功率, 例如: 通过以下公式获取初始功率:  The processor 10 can obtain the initial power by linearly calculating the power headroom and the reference power, for example: obtaining the initial power by the following formula:
Pini = Pref - power— margin [ 1 ] 其中, Pmi表示初始功率; Pini = P re f - power— margin [ 1 ] where P mi represents the initial power;
Pref表示参功率; P ref represents the reference power;
power— margin表示功率余量。  Power—maral represents the power headroom.
通过上述方案, 保证了在 UE切换之后, 或者 UE在一段时间内没有进行 数据传输之后, 也能够快速的确定初始功率, 而不需要等待网络侧设备确定 UE的初始功率, 进而能够在切换或者一段时间内没有进行数据传输之后, 尽 快确定初始功率, 从而达到了充分利用可用网络负载的技术效果。 Through the foregoing solution, it is ensured that after the UE is switched, or after the UE does not perform data transmission for a period of time, the initial power can be quickly determined without waiting for the network side device to determine. The initial power of the UE, in turn, can determine the initial power as soon as possible after switching or no data transmission for a period of time, thereby achieving the technical effect of making full use of the available network load.
处理器 10可以通过多种方式确定第一功率步长, 下面列举其中的两种进 行介绍, 当然, 在具体实施过程中, 不限于以下两种情况。  The processor 10 can determine the first power step in a plurality of manners. Two of them are described below. Of course, in the specific implementation, the following two situations are not limited.
第一种方式中, 接收器具体用于: 接收由网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 功控命令字中包含第一功率步长;  In the first mode, the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a first power step;
处理器 10, 具体用于: 从接收器获取第一功率步长。  The processor 10 is specifically configured to: acquire a first power step from the receiver.
在 UE确定初始功率之后, 发送器 11以初始功率向网络侧设备发送  After the UE determines the initial power, the transmitter 11 transmits the initial power to the network side device.
DPCCH。 DPCCH.
网络侧设备在接收到 DPCCH之后, 估计 DPCCH的信号干扰比 ( SIR:  After receiving the DPCCH, the network side device estimates the signal to interference ratio of the DPCCH (SIR:
Signal to Interference Ratio ), 然后与目标信号干扰比 SIRt 进行比较, 进而产 生升降功率的功控命令字, 发送给 UE进行功率的调整。 例如: 如果 DPCCH 的 SIR与5^ 相差较大, 网络侧设备则确定釆用较大的第一功率步长; 而如 果 DPCCH的 SIR与5^ 相差较小, 网络侧设备则确定釆用较小的第一功率 步长等等, 这样能够保证尽快将 DPCCH的 SIR收敛至 ^ 。 其中如果 SIR 高于 ^ ,则产生降低功率的功控命令字, 如果 SIR低于 , 则产生增 加功率的功控命令字。 Signal to Interference Ratio), and then compared with the target signal interference ratio SIRt , and then generate a power control command word for lifting power, and send it to the UE for power adjustment. For example: If the SIR of the DPCCH differs greatly from the 5 ^, the network side device determines to use a larger first power step; and if the SIR of the DPCCH differs from the 5 ^, the network side device determines that the network side device is smaller. The first power step size, etc., can ensure that the SIR of the DPCCH converges to ^ as soon as possible. If the SIR is higher than ^, a power control command word for reducing power is generated. If the SIR is lower, a power control command word for increasing power is generated.
第二种方式中, 处理器 10具体用于: 将网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝 对值除以 n后获得的商值确定为第一功率步长, n为预设值。  In the second mode, the processor 10 is specifically configured to: determine the quotient value obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n as the first power step, where n is a preset value.
可选的, 处理器 10具体还用于: 将所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得到量 化后的第一功率步长。  Optionally, the processor 10 is further configured to: quantize the first power step to obtain the quantized first power step.
可选的,所述 n具体为: UE初次釆用服务授权 SG进行增强专用信道专用 物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数据发送的时延时隙数,或者为 DPCCH非连续发送 时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙 数与一固定时隙数之和。  Optionally, the n is specifically: the number of delay slots for the UE to use the service grant SG to perform the enhanced dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel E-DPDCH data transmission, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted. Or the sum of the number of time slots of the DPCCH prefix and the number of fixed time slots when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted.
通常情况下,一个 2ms的传输时间间隔( TTI: Transmission Time Interval ) 等于 3个时隙, 如果 E-DPDCH数据发送的时延包含 5个 TTI, 其时延时隙数 为 15, 那么可以可以确定出第一功率步长为: power— margin/15。 Usually, a 2ms transmission time interval (TTI: Transmission Time Interval) If the delay of the E-DPDCH data transmission includes 5 TTIs and the number of delay slots is 15, then the first power step size can be determined as: power_margin/15.
可选的, 接收器还可以接收网络侧设备发送的包含功率升降指令的功控 命令字, 进而可以通过第一功率步长和功率升降指令来确定第一发送功率, 例如: 如果功率升降指令为降低功率的指示, 则通过初始功率减去第一功率 步长来获得第一发送功率; 如果功率升降指令为增加功率的指示, 则通过初 始功率增加第一功率步长来获得第一发送功率。  Optionally, the receiver may further receive a power control command word sent by the network side device and include a power up and down command, and then determine the first transmit power by using the first power step and the power up and down command, for example: if the power up and down command is And decreasing the indication of the power, obtaining the first transmission power by subtracting the first power step from the initial power; and if the power lifting instruction is the indication of increasing the power, increasing the first power step by the initial power to obtain the first transmission power.
其中, 如果第一功率步长由网络侧设备通过功控命令字发送至 UE, 则该 功控命令字中可以既包含第一功率步长又包含功率升降指令; 而如果第一功 率步长由 UE侧确定, 则功控命令字中仅包含功率升降指令。  Wherein, if the first power step is sent by the network side device to the UE through the power control command word, the power control command word may include both the first power step and the power up and down command; and if the first power step is The UE side determines that the power control command word only includes the power up and down command.
可选的, UE可以多次通过第一功率步长对初始功率进行调整, 进而确定 第一发送功率。  Optionally, the UE may adjust the initial power by using the first power step, and determine the first transmit power.
可选的, 接收器还用于: 接收由网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 功控命 令字中包含第二功率步长;  Optionally, the receiver is further configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a second power step size;
处理器 10, 具体用于: 从接收器获取第二功率步长。  The processor 10 is specifically configured to: acquire a second power step from the receiver.
在具体实施过程中, UE首先向网络侧设备通过第一发送功率发送  In a specific implementation process, the UE first sends the first sending power to the network side device.
DPCCH; 网络侧设备在接收到 DPCCH之后, 估计 DPCCH的 SIR, 然后与目 标信号干扰比 进行比较, 进而产生升降功率的功控命令字, 其中如果 DPCCH; after receiving the DPCCH, the network side device estimates the SIR of the DPCCH, and then compares it with the target signal interference ratio, thereby generating a power control command word for the lifting power, wherein if
SIR高于5 则产生降低功率的功控命令字, 如果 SIR低于5 则产 生增加功率的功控命令字。 最终, 网络侧设备将包含功率升降指令和第二功 率步长的功控命令字发送至 UE。 If the SIR is higher than 5 , a power control command word that reduces power is generated. If the SIR is lower than 5 , a power control command word that increases power is generated. Finally, the network side device transmits a power control command word including a power up and down command and a second power step to the UE.
而 UE侧在接收到包含功率升降指令和第二功率步长的功控命令字之后, 处理器 10同样通过功控命令字中包含的功率升降指令来确定第二发送功率, 例如: 如果功率升降指令为增加功率的指示, 则通过第二功率步长加第一发 送功率的方式确定第二发送功率; 如果功率升降指令为降低功率的指示, 则 通过第二功率步长减第一发送功率的发送确定第二发送功率等等。 同理, 处理器 10可以多次通过第二功率步长对第一发送功率进行调整, 进而确定第二发送功率。并且, 由于通过第二功率步长对 DPCCH发送功率进 行调整位于通过第一功率步长对 DPCCH发送功率进行调整之后,故而通常属 于微调信息, 从而第二功率步长通常小于第一功率步长, 例如: 第一功率步 长为 2dB、 第二功率步长为 IdB, 当然也可以为其他值, 本发明实施例不作限 制。 After receiving the power control command word including the power lifting command and the second power step, the processor 10 also determines the second sending power by using the power lifting command included in the power control command word, for example: The command is an indication of increasing power, and determining a second transmit power by using a second power step and a first transmit power; and if the power up/down command is an indication of reducing power, reducing the first transmit power by using the second power step The transmission determines the second transmission power and the like. Similarly, the processor 10 can adjust the first transmit power by using the second power step multiple times to determine the second transmit power. Moreover, since the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted by the second power step, after the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted by the first power step, it is usually a fine adjustment information, so that the second power step is usually smaller than the first power step. For example, the first power step is 2 dB, and the second power step is IdB. Of course, other values may be used, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
如图 2a和图 2b所示, 其中为了简便起见, 图 2a和图 2b中, p表示初始 功率, stepl表示第一功率步长, step2表示第二功率步长, step2表示的第二 功率步长小于 stepl表示的第一功率步长。  As shown in Fig. 2a and Fig. 2b, for the sake of simplicity, in Fig. 2a and Fig. 2b, p denotes initial power, step1 denotes a first power step, step 2 denotes a second power step, and step 2 denotes a second power step. Less than the first power step represented by stepl.
图 2a为发送第一功率步长的功控命令字和发送第二功率步长的功控命令 字都包含增加功率指示时, 对功率调整示意图。  2a is a schematic diagram of power adjustment when a power control command word that transmits a first power step and a power control command that sends a second power step both include an increased power indication.
首先确定初始功率 p, 然后发送器 11通过初始功率 p发送 DPCCH至网 络侧设备, 网络侧设备检测 DPCCH的 SIR, 确定其比 SIRt 小, 并且 SIR与 ^^ 相差幅度较大, 故而发送增加功率的功控命令字, 其中包含 stepl , UE 的处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功控命令字之后, 将 DPCCH发送功率由初 始功率 调整为 p+ ste l ; First, the initial power p is determined, and then the transmitter 11 sends the DPCCH to the network side device through the initial power p. The network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is smaller than the SIRt , and the SIR and the ^^ have a large difference, so the power is increased. a power control command word, which includes stepl, after receiving the power control command word by the receiver, the processor 10 of the UE adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power to p+ste1;
然后 UE的发送器 11通过 p+ stepl向网络侧设备发送 DPCCH,网络侧设 备检测 DPCCH的 SIR,确定其比5 小,并且 SIR与 ^^ 相差幅度较大, 例如: UE侧初始功率设置过低, 或遇到信道衰落正好较大, 则会导致 SIR与 相差幅度较大, SIR例如为 -12dB、 7^g 例如为 8dB; 故而发送增加 功率的功控命令字, 其中包含 stepl , UE的处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功 控命令字之后, 将 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率 p调整为 p+ 2 X stepl ; Then, the transmitter 11 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through p+step1, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, and determines that it is smaller than 5 , and the SIR and the difference are larger, for example, the initial power setting of the UE side is too low. Or if the channel fading is just large, the SIR and the phase difference are large. The SIR is, for example, -12dB, 7 ^g, for example, 8dB. Therefore, the power control command word for increasing power is sent, including the stepl, the processor of the UE. 10 after receiving the power control command word through the receiver, the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted from the initial power p to p + 2 X stepl;
然后 UE的发送器 11通过 p+ 2 X stepl向网络侧设备发送 DPCCH, 网络 侧设备检测 DPCCH的 SIR, 确定其比 度 较小, 故而将功率步长由 stepl调整为 S sItRept 小, 并且 SIR与Then, the transmitter 11 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through p+ 2 X step1, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, and determines that the ratio is small, so the power step is adjusted from step 1 to S s I t R ep t small. , and SIR and
2, 进而发送增加功 SIR^相差幅 的功控命令 字, 其中包含 step2, UE的处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功控命令字之后, 将 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率 p调整为 p+ 2 X ste l+ step2; 2, further sending a power control command word that increases the power S rate IR ^ phase difference amplitude, where step 2 is included, after the processor 10 of the UE receives the power control command word through the receiver, Adjusting the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power p to p + 2 X ste l + step 2;
然后 UE的发送器 11通过 p+ 2 X stepl+ step2向网络侧设备发送 DPCCH, 网络侧设备检测 DPCCH的 SIR, 确定其比 SIRt 小, 并且 SIR与 Then, the transmitter 11 of the UE transmits the DPCCH to the network side device through p+ 2 X step1+step2, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is smaller than SIRt , and SIR and
例如: 如果 p+ 2 X SIR^相差 幅度较小, ste l+ step2的发送功率刚好合适, 或者信道衰 落正好较小, 正好使得 SIR在 SIRtarget附近波动, 则会使 SIR正好略小于For example: If p+ 2 X SIR ^ is small, the transmission power of ste l+ step2 is just right, or the channel fading is just small, just making the SIR fluctuate around SIRtarget, it will make SIR just slightly smaller.
SIRt , SIR例如为 7dB、 例如为 8dB, 故而继续发送增加功率的功控 命令字, 其中包含 step2, UE的处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功控命令字之 后, 将 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率 p调整为 p+ 2 X step 1+2 step2; 依此类 推。 SIRt , SIR is, for example, 7 dB, for example, 8 dB, so the power control command word of increasing power is continuously transmitted, including step 2, and the processor 10 of the UE transmits the power of the DPCCH from the initial power after receiving the power control command word through the receiver. p is adjusted to p + 2 X step 1+2 step2; and so on.
图 2b为发送第一功率步长的功控命令字和发送第二功率步长的功控命令 字都包含降低功率指示时, 对功率调整示意图。  FIG. 2b is a schematic diagram of power adjustment when the power control command word for transmitting the first power step and the power control command word for transmitting the second power step include the power reduction indication.
首先确定初始功率 p, 然后 UE的发送器 11通过初始功率 p发送 DPCCH 至网络侧设备, 网络侧设备检测 DPCCH的 SIR,确定其比5 大,并且 SIR 与^ 相差幅度较大, 故而发送降低功率的功控命令字, 其中包含 stepl , UE的处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功控命令字之后, 将 DPCCH发送功率 由初始功率 调整为 P- ste l ; First, the initial power p is determined, and then the transmitter 11 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through the initial power p, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is larger than 5 , and the SIR and the difference are larger, so the transmission is reduced. The power control command word, which includes stepl, after receiving the power control command word through the receiver, the processor 10 adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power to P-ste l;
然后 UE的发送器 11通过 P- stepl向网络侧设备发送 DPCCH, 网络侧设 备检测 DPCCH的 SIR,确定其比5 大, 并且 SIR与 7^ 相差幅度较大, 比如 UE侧初始功率设置过大, 造成网络侧设备确定的 SIR 比5 相差幅 度较大, SIR例如为: 15dB , 例如为 2dB, 故而发送降低功率的功控命 令字,其中包含 stepl , UE的处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功控命令字之后, 将 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率 p调整为 P- 2 X stepl ; Then, the transmitter 11 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through the P-step1, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, and determines that it is larger than 5 , and the SIR differs greatly from the 7 ^, for example, the initial power setting on the UE side is too large. The SIR determined by the network side device is larger than the difference of 5 , and the SIR is, for example, 15 dB, for example, 2 dB, so that the power control command word of the reduced power is sent, where the step 1 is included, and the processor 10 of the UE receives the work through the receiver. After controlling the command word, the DPCCH transmission power is adjusted from the initial power p to P- 2 X stepl;
然后 UE的发送器 10通过 p-2 stepl向网络侧设备发送 DPCCH,网络侧 设备检测 DPCCH的 SIR, 确定其比 SIRt 大, 并且 SIR与 Then, the transmitter 10 of the UE sends the DPCCH to the network side device through p-2 step1, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is larger than SIRt , and SIR and
, 故而将功率步长由 stepl调整为 step2, 进而发送降低功 SIR^相差幅度较 小 的功控命令字, 其中包含 step2, UE的处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功控命令字之后, 将 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率 p调整为 P- 2 X ste l-step2; Therefore, the power step is adjusted from step 1 to step 2, and then the power control command word with a smaller difference in the power S rate IR ^ is transmitted. Step 2, the processor 10 of the UE receives the power control command word through the receiver, and adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power p to P-2X ste l-step2;
然后 UE的发送器 11通过 P- 2 X stepl- step2向网络侧设备发送 DPCCH, 网络侧设备检测 DPCCH的 SIR, 确定其比 SIRt 大, 并且 SIR与Then, the transmitter 11 of the UE transmits the DPCCH to the network side device through P-2X step1 - step2, and the network side device detects the SIR of the DPCCH, determines that it is larger than SIRt , and SIR and
816 1^6 2的发送功率刚好合适, SIR或^相差 幅度较小, 例如: 发送功率 - 2 者信道 衰落不大, 在这种情况下, SIR可能略大于5 ^a^ , SIR例如为: 3dB、 SIRt 例如为: 2dB, 故而继续发送降低功率的功控命令字, 其中包含 step2, UE的 处理器 10在通过接收器接收到功控命令字之后, 将 DPCCH发送功率由初始 功率 p调整为 P- 2 X step 1-2 χ step2, 依 J¾类推。 The transmission power of 816 1^6 2 is just right, and the SIR or ^ phase difference is small. For example: the transmission power - 2 channel fading is not large, in this case, the SIR may be slightly larger than 5 ^ a ^ , SIR is for example: 3dB, SIRt is, for example: 2dB, so continue to send a power-down command word with reduced power, including step2, after receiving the power control command word through the receiver, the processor 10 of the UE adjusts the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power p to P- 2 X step 1-2 χ step2, according to J3⁄4 analogy.
第二方面, 基于第一方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一种网络侧 设备, 请参考图 3 , 具体包括:  The second aspect is based on the description of the embodiment of the first aspect. The embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device. Referring to FIG. 3, the following specifically includes:
处理器 30, 用于确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字;  The processor 30 is configured to determine a power control command word including a power lifting instruction;
发送器 31 , 连接于处理器 30, 用于将包含功率升降指令的功控命令字发 送至用户设备 UE, 以使 UE根据功率升降指令和第一功率步长将 UE的专用 物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率;  The transmitter 31 is connected to the processor 30, and configured to send the power control command word including the power up/down command to the user equipment UE, so that the UE sends the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step. The power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmit power;
处理器 30, 还用于: 确定包含第二功率步长的功控命令字;  The processor 30 is further configured to: determine a power control command word that includes a second power step;
发送器 31 , 还用于: 将包含第二功率步长的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使 UE通过第二功率步长将第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率, 其中, 第一功率步长与第二功率步长为不同的功率步长。  The transmitter 31 is further configured to: send the power control command word that includes the second power step to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first sending power to the second sending power by using the second power step, where One power step and the second power step are different power steps.
可选的, 处理器 30, 还用于确定第一功率步长;  Optionally, the processor 30 is further configured to determine a first power step size;
发送器, 还用于: 将包含第一功率步长和功率升降指令的功控命令字发 送至 UE, 以使 UE通过第一功率步长将 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至 第一发送功率。  The transmitter is further configured to: send the power control command word including the first power step and the power up and down command to the UE, so that the UE adjusts the DPCCH transmit power from the initial power to the first transmit power by using the first power step.
可选的, 处理器 30, 还用于确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量;  Optionally, the processor 30 is further configured to determine a power headroom used by the UE;
发送器, 还用于: 将所述功率余量发送给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据获 得的参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述初始功率。 第三方面, 基于第一方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一种用户设 备 UE, 请参考图 4, 包括: The transmitter is further configured to: send the power headroom to the UE, so that the UE determines the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom. In a third aspect, based on the description of the first aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE. Referring to FIG. 4, the method includes:
接收器 40,用于接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 和 UE可用 的总控制信道功率余量 C/P;  The receiver 40 is configured to receive a target signal to interference ratio sent by the network side device and a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE;
处理器 41 , 连接于接收器 40, 用于至少根据 ^ rgw和 c/P确定 SG。  The processor 41 is coupled to the receiver 40 for determining the SG based on at least ^ rgw and c/P.
如图 5所示, 为增强专用信道(E-DCH: Enhanced Dedicated Channel )的 专用物理数据信道(E-AGCH : E-DCH Dedicated Physical Data Channel )发 送及应用的时序关系图, 在由 UE3切换至 UE1之后, 网络侧设备发送的第一 个绝对授权( AG: Absolute grant )要在一段时延后(如图 5是 5个 ΤΉ后), 即第二个 #0 TTI才能生效, AG通常指的是承载在 E-AGCH信道上的 SG, SG 表征 UE可用最大功率。  As shown in FIG. 5, a timing relationship diagram for transmitting and applying a dedicated physical data channel (E-AGCH: E-DCH Dedicated Physical Data Channel) for enhancing an E-DCH (Enhanced Dedicated Channel) is switched to by UE3. After UE1, the first absolute grant (AG: Absolute grant) sent by the network side device is delayed (after 5 is shown in Figure 5), that is, the second #0 TTI can take effect. AG usually refers to Is the SG carried on the E-AGCH channel, and the SG characterizes the maximum power available to the UE.
故而, 在初始发送阶段, 需要为 UE确定合适的 E-DPDCH的初始功率, 以保证在没有接收到网络侧设备发送的 SG之前, 也能够发送数据, 进而提高 资源利用率。  Therefore, in the initial transmission phase, the initial power of the appropriate E-DPDCH needs to be determined for the UE to ensure that the data can be sent before the SG sent by the network side device is received, thereby improving resource utilization.
并且由于在上述方案中, 可以在 UE侧确定 E-DCH专用物理数据信道 信道)初始发送所用的 SG, 故而可以保证 UE的发射不会超过网络的负载目 标, 并且降低了网络侧设备的处理负担。  And because in the above solution, the SG used for initial transmission of the E-DCH dedicated physical data channel channel can be determined on the UE side, so that the UE's transmission does not exceed the network load target and the processing load of the network side device is reduced. .
在具体实施过程中, SIRtarget是 RNC统计 E-DPDCH数据的解调误块率, 按照一定的外环功控算法来确定的, 例如统计前面一段时间的误块率。 将该 统计误块率与误块率目标值相比较, 如果大于目标值, 则将 SIRtarget下调为一 个较小的值, 如果小于目标值, 则将 SIRta et调整为一个较大的值, 而 C/P是 网络直接设置的。 In the specific implementation process, the SIR target is the demodulation error block rate of the RNC statistical E-DPDCH data, and is determined according to a certain outer loop power control algorithm, for example, counting the block error rate of the previous period. The statistical block error rate is compared with the block error rate target value. If it is greater than the target value, the SIR tar g et is lowered to a smaller value. If it is smaller than the target value, the SIR ta et is adjusted to a larger value. Value, and C/P is set directly by the network.
可选的, 网络侧设备可以通过高层信令向 UE 迭 和 C/p。 可选的, 处理器 41可以通过以下公式表示 SG与 SIRt 、 c/P之间的对应 关系, 其中 function表示函数(在后面的公式中 function具有同样的意思): SG=function ( SIR^ , C/P ) 在具体实施过程中, 处理器 11至少根据 7^g 和 C/P确定 SG又可以 为多种情况, 下面列举其中的两种进行介绍, 当然, 在具体实施过程中, 不 限于以下两种情况。 Optionally, the network side device may perform uplink and C /p to the UE through high layer signaling. Optionally, the processor 41 can represent the correspondence between SG and SIRt and c/P by the following formula, where function represents a function (function has the same meaning in the following formula): SG=function ( SIR^ , C/P ) In the specific implementation process, the processor 11 determines the SG according to at least 7 ^g and C/P, and can be used in various cases. The following two examples are introduced, of course, In the specific implementation process, it is not limited to the following two cases.
第一种方式:  The first way:
接收器 10还用于: 在至少根据 和 C/P确定 SG之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的 UE的可 用网络负载 Load。  The receiver 10 is further configured to: receive the available network load Load of the UE sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least the C/P and the C/P.
可用网络负载 Load例如为: UE可用信号能量比噪声能量、 基站空口总 能量比噪声能量(ROT: rise to thermal )等等, 其中如果网络侧设备向 UE直 接发送的即为 UE可用信号能量比噪声能量, 那么在后续计算中直接使用即 可,而如果网络侧设备发送的是与 UE可用信号能量比噪声能量相关的其它参 数, 例如 ROT, 则需要将其换算成 UE可用信号能量比噪声能量。  The available network load load is, for example, the UE available signal energy ratio noise energy, the base station air interface total energy ratio noise energy (ROT: rise to thermal), and the like, wherein if the network side device directly transmits to the UE, the UE can use the signal energy ratio noise. The energy can be used directly in subsequent calculations. If the network side device sends other parameters related to the noise energy of the UE than the noise energy, such as ROT, it needs to be converted into UE available signal energy than noise energy.
在这种情况下, 处理器 41 , 具体用于: 至少根据 、 C/P和 Load确定 SG, 也即可以通过以下公式表示 SG 与 SIRt 、 c/P和 Load之间的对应关系: In this case, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: determine the SG according to at least, C/P, and Load, that is, the correspondence between the SG and the SIR t, c/P, and Load can be expressed by the following formula:
SG=function( SIRt , c/P, Load ) [3] 而处理器 41在根据 S7^g 、 C/P和 Load确定 SG时, 又可以分为至少两 种情况, 下面分别进行介绍。 SG=function( SIRt , c/P, Load ) [3] While the processor 41 determines the SG according to S 7 ^g , C/P and Load, it can be divided into at least two cases, which are respectively introduced below.
①处理器 41仅通过 、 C/P和 Load确定出 SG, 例如可以进一步的 通过以下公式计算确定 SG: The 1 processor 41 determines the SG only by , C/P and Load. For example, the SG can be further determined by the following formula:
SIR t,arget *  SIR t, arget *
1 + SG + - ≤Load •[4] 1 + SG + - ≤Load •[4]
256 [ P . 256 [ P .
在上述公式中, 取等号时所确定的 SG为一个较佳的 SG, 既能够保证充 分利用网络负载, 又能够保证网络负载不会超过 UE的可用网络负载。  In the above formula, the SG determined by taking the equal sign is a better SG, which can ensure sufficient use of the network load and ensure that the network load does not exceed the available network load of the UE.
②接收器 40, 还用于: 在至少根据 、 Load和 C/P确定 SG之前,接收网络侧设备发送的功 率余量 power— margin; 在这种情况下, 处理器 41则根据 、 Load, C/P和 power— margin确 定 SG,也即可以通过以下公式表示 SG与 SIRt 、 C/P、 Load和 power— margin 和之间的对应关系: 2 Receiver 40, also used to: Receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least, Load, and C/P; in this case, the processor 41 determines the SG according to, Load, C/P, and power-margin. That is, the correspondence between SG and SIRt , C/P, Load, and power-margin can be expressed by the following formula:
SG=function ( , C/P, Load, power— margin ) [5] 作为公式 [5]的第一种实施例,处理器 41可以进一步的通过以下公式计算 确定 SG: SG = function ( , C / P, Load, power - margin ) [5] As a first embodiment of the formula [5], the processor 41 can further calculate the SG by the following formula:
+ power _ m arg in 1 + SG + + power _ m arg in 1 + SG +
、 256
Figure imgf000033_0001
, 256
Figure imgf000033_0001
上述计算公式通常应用于通过单天线进行数据传输的 UE中 , 进而达到 了在单天线系统中,保证 UE的发射不会超过网络的负载目标, 并且降低了网 络侧设备的处理负担。  The above calculation formula is generally applied to UEs that perform data transmission through a single antenna, thereby achieving that in a single antenna system, it is ensured that the UE's transmission does not exceed the network load target, and the processing load of the network side device is reduced.
作为公式 [5]的第二种实施例,处理器 41还可以进一步的通过以下公式计 算确定 SG:  As a second embodiment of the formula [5], the processor 41 can further calculate the SG by the following formula:
.SIRt arg βΐ . 、 ,, c^, C、 f SIRt arg et · \ ^ τ .SIRt arg βΐ . , ,, c^, C, f SIRt arg et · \ ^ τ
( ~ ~ + power _ m arg in) + ) + ( ~ ~ + power _ m arg w)≤ Load [7] 上述计算公式通常应用于通过多天线进行数据传输的 UE中 ,相较于公式 ( ~ ~ + power _ m arg in) + ) + ( ~ ~ + power _ m arg w) ≤ Load [7] The above calculation formula is usually applied to UEs that transmit data through multiple antennas, compared to the formula
[6]而言, 多了辅导频信道的功率开销, 因为多天线相对于单天线的区别之一 在于, 多天线需要多发送一个辅导频信道。 [6] In terms of the power overhead of the pilot channel, one of the differences between multiple antennas and single antennas is that multiple antennas need to transmit one more pilot channel.
在具体实施过程中, 进一步的还可以通过以下公式确定 SG:  In the specific implementation process, the SG can be further determined by the following formula:
^^L l + SG + ^) +^^≤Load [8]^^L l + SG + ^) +^^≤Load [8]
256 P 256 256 P 256
第二种方式:  The second way:
接收器 40还用于: 在、 根据 SIR( 和 C P确定 SG之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的 UE的可用 网络负载因子 η; 在这种情况下, 处理器 41 , 具体用于: 至少基于5 ^a 、 C/P和 η确定 The receiver 40 is further configured to: before receiving the SG according to the SIR ( and the CP, receiving the UE that is sent by the network side device a network load factor η; in this case, the processor 41 is specifically configured to: determine at least based on 5 ^ a , C/P, and η
SG, 也即可以通过以下公式表征 SG与 SIRt 、 C/P和 η之间的对应关系: SG, that is, the correspondence between SG and SIRt , C/P and η can be characterized by the following formula:
SG=function ( SIR^ , C/P, η ) [9] 而处理器 41在根据 、 C/P和 η确定 SG时, 又可以分为至少两种情 况, 下面分别进行介绍。 SG=function ( SIR ^ , C/P, η ) [9] The processor 41 can be divided into at least two cases when determining the SG according to , C/P and η, which are respectively described below.
①处理器 41仅仅基于5 ^ , C/P, η确定 SG, 例如通过以下公式确定The 1 processor 41 determines the SG based only on 5 ^, C/P, η, for example, by the following formula
SG: SG:
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
②接收器 40 , 还用于:  2 Receiver 40, also used to:
在基于 、 C/P和 η确定 SG之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin;  Before determining the SG based on C, P, and η, receiving a power margin sent by the network side device power_margin;
处理器 41 , 具体用于:  The processor 41 is specifically configured to:
基于 、 c/P、 η和 power— margin确定 SG, 也即可以通过以下公式表 征 SG与 S!Rt t、 C/P, η和 power— margin之间的对应关系: The SG is determined based on , c/P, η, and power_margin, that is, the correspondence between SG and S!Rt t, C/P, η, and power-margin can be characterized by the following formula:
SG=function ( ^^arg , c/P, η, power— margin ) [11] 作为公式 [11]的第一种实施例, 处理器 41进一步的可以通过以下公式确 定 SG: SG=function ( ^^arg , c/P, η, power — margin ) [11] As a first embodiment of the formula [11], the processor 41 can further determine the SG by the following formula:
1 1
η •[12]
Figure imgf000034_0002
η •[12]
Figure imgf000034_0002
上述计算公式通常应用于通过单天线进行数据传输的 UE。  The above calculation formula is generally applied to UEs that perform data transmission through a single antenna.
作为公式 [11]的第二种实施例, 处理器 41进一步的可以通过以下公式确 定 SG: ( ~ ~ + power m arg in) * (1 + 5G +— ) + ( ~ ~ + power m arg in) [13] 上述计算公式通常应用于通过多天线进行数据传输的 UE。 As a second embodiment of the formula [11], the processor 41 can further determine the SG by the following formula: ( ~ ~ + power m arg in) * (1 + 5G +— ) + ( ~ ~ + power m arg in) [13] The above calculation formula is usually applied to UEs that transmit data through multiple antennas.
第四方面, 基于第一方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一种网络侧 设备, 请参考图 6, 包括:  In a fourth aspect, based on the description of the embodiment of the first aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device. Referring to FIG. 6, the method includes:
处理器 60,用于确定目标信号干扰比 以及 UE可用的总控制信道功 率余量 C/P;  The processor 60 is configured to determine a target signal to interference ratio and a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE;
发送器 61 , 连接于处理器 60 , 用于将 W 和 C/P发送至 UE, 以使 UE 至少通过 S/ 和 C/P确定 UE的服务授权 SG。  The transmitter 61 is connected to the processor 60, and is configured to send the W and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least S/ and C/P.
可选的, 处理器 60, 还用于: 确定 UE的可用网络负载 Load;  Optionally, the processor 60 is further configured to: determine an available network load of the UE;
发送器 61 , 还用于: 将 Load发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少基于 δί、 C/P 和 Load确定 SG。 The transmitter 61 is further configured to: send the Load to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least δί , C/P, and Load.
可选的, 处理器 60, 还用于: 确定功率余量 power— margin;  Optionally, the processor 60 is further configured to: determine a power headroom power-margin;
发送器 61 , 具体用于: 将功率余量 power— margin发送至 UE, 以使 UE 根据 S/R^gei、 Load, C/P和 power— margin确定 SG。 The transmitter 61 is specifically configured to: send a power margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the S/R^ gei , Load, C/P, and power_margin.
可选的, 处理器 60, 还用于: 确定 UE的可用网络负载因子 η;  Optionally, the processor 60 is further configured to: determine an available network load factor η of the UE;
发送器 61 , 还用于: 将 η发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少基于 WR^gw、 C/P和 η确定 SG。 The transmitter 61 is further configured to: send η to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least WR^ g w, C/P, and η.
可选的, 处理器 60, 还用于: 确定功率余量 power— margin;  Optionally, the processor 60 is further configured to: determine a power headroom power-margin;
发送器 61 , 还用于: 将 power— margin发送至 UE, 以使 UE基于 5^argei、 C/P、 η和 power— margin确定 SG。 The transmitter 61 is further configured to: send the power_margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on 5^ argei , C/P, η, and power_margin .
第五方面, 基于第一到第四方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一种 用户设备 UE, 请参考图 7A, 包括:  The fifth aspect, based on the description of the first to fourth embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE. Referring to FIG. 7A, the method includes:
接收器 70A, 用于接收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin;  a receiver 70A, configured to receive the SG and power_margin sent by the network side device;
处理器 71A, 连接于接收器 70A, 用于根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin 确定所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度。 The processor 71A is connected to the receiver 70A for using the SG and the power_margin Determining the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule.
可选的, 处理器 70A, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及 公式: 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块
Figure imgf000036_0001
Optionally, the processor 70A is specifically configured to: calculate, by using the SG, the power_margin and the formula: a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule
Figure imgf000036_0001
的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的参 考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, j 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, Λ 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, rq表示 HARQ ( Hybrid Automatic Repeat In the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, κ represents the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, j represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, Λ represents a reference E-TFC quantized amplitude ratio, rq represents HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat
Request , 混合自动重传请求)偏移值。 其中, ^」表示对计算结果取整。 该公 式为 E-DPDCH外插公式。 Request, hybrid automatic repeat request) offset value. Where ^" means rounding up the calculation result. This formula is the E-DPDCH extrapolation formula.
可选的, 处理器 70Α, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及 公式: 计算所述 UE
Figure imgf000036_0002
Optionally, the processor 70 is configured to: calculate the UE by using the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Figure imgf000036_0002
能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ 表示所述 The length of the largest transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and κ represents the
UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码 道数, ^表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Λ/Κ^表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ 偏移值。 其中, i !表示对计算结果取整。 可选的, 处理器 70A, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: The reference enhanced transport format of the UE combines the E-TFC block length, indicating the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, ^ indicates the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Λ/Κ^ indicates the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset. value. Among them, i ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result. Optionally, the processor 70A, the processor is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
计算所述 UE
Figure imgf000036_0003
能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC块长, r 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, j 表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, , 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考
Calculating the UE
Figure imgf000036_0003
The length of the largest transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, κ represents the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and κ represents the second reference of the UE E-TFC block length, r represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, j represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, and represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, where ^ represents the first Second reference
E-TFC的量化幅度比, arq表示 HARQ偏移值。 该公式为 E-DPDCH内插公 式。 其中, ! !表示对计算结果取整。 可选的, 处理器 70A, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:
Figure imgf000037_0001
The quantization amplitude ratio of E-TFC, ar q represents the HARQ offset value. This formula is the E-DPDCH interpolation formula. among them, ! ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result. Optionally, the processor 70A is configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Figure imgf000037_0001
计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ preamble e,yef,m 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, Γ 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, Γ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的码 道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的 量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 其中, L」表示对计算结果取整。 其中, 第一参考 E-TFC的码道数和第二参考 E-TFC的码道数为两个固定 值, 第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比和第二参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比为两个固 定值。 Calculating a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents a first power step, L represents a length of a DPCCH prefix, and κ preamble e, yef, m represents The first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, κ represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, Γ represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, and Γ represents the code of the second reference E-TFC The number of tracks, A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, and ^ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, indicating the HARQ offset value. Where L " represents the rounding of the calculation result. The number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC and the number of code channels of the second reference E-TFC are two fixed values, and the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC and the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC For two fixed values.
本发明实施例中是由所述网络侧设备下发 SG。 网络侧设备下发所述 SG 之后所述 UE需要根据确定的传输块进行传输。现有技术中在计算 UE能够调 度的传输块长度时,只考虑了网络侧设备下发的 SG,而从网络侧设备下发 SG 到 UE计算传输块的长度, 再到利用传输块进行传输, 之间存在一定的时延, 也就是说, 在 UE利用确定的传输块进行传输时, 可能 SG已经发生了变化, 此时显然根据之前的信息确定的传输块的长度已经不够准确, 再利用确定的 传输块进行传输, 可能会导致传输故障。 而本发明实施例中, 在确定所述 UE 能够调度的最大传输块的长度时,不仅考虑了所述网络侧设备下发的所述 SG, 还考虑了所述功率余量, 相当于考虑了时延信息, 这样计算出的最大传输块 的长度较为准确, 尽量保证传输顺利进行。 In the embodiment of the present invention, the SG is delivered by the network side device. After the network side device delivers the SG, the UE needs to perform transmission according to the determined transport block. In the prior art, when calculating the transport block length that the UE can schedule, only the SG delivered by the network side device is considered, and the SG is sent from the network side device to the UE to calculate the length of the transport block, and then the transport block is used for transmission. There is a certain delay between them. That is to say, when the UE uses the determined transport block for transmission, the SG may have changed. At this time, it is obvious that the length of the transport block determined according to the previous information is not accurate enough. The transport block is transmitted and may cause a transmission failure. In the embodiment of the present invention, the UE is determined. When the length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled is considered, not only the SG delivered by the network side device but also the power headroom is considered, which is equivalent to considering the delay information, and thus the calculated maximum transport block. The length is more accurate, try to ensure the smooth transmission.
第六方面, 基于第一到第五方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一种 用户设备 UE, 请参考图 7B, 包括:  The sixth aspect, based on the description of the first to fifth embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE. Referring to FIG. 7B, the method includes:
第一确定模块 70B, 用于确定第一功率步长;  a first determining module 70B, configured to determine a first power step size;
第一调整模块 71B, 连接于第一确定模块, 用于利用第一功率步长将 UE 的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率;  The first adjustment module 71B is connected to the first determining module, configured to adjust, by using the first power step, the transmit power of the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the UE from the initial power to the first transmit power;
第二确定模块 72B, 连接于第一调整模块, 用于确定与第一功率步长不 同的第二功率步长;  The second determining module 72B is connected to the first adjusting module, and configured to determine a second power step that is different from the first power step.
第二调整模块 73B, 连接于第二确定模块, 用于利用第二功率步长将 DPCCH发送功率由第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率。  The second adjusting module 73B is connected to the second determining module, configured to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power by using the second power step.
可选的, UE还包括:  Optionally, the UE further includes:
接收模块, 用于在确定第一功率步长之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的功率 余量;  a receiving module, configured to receive a power margin sent by the network side device before determining the first power step;
获取模块, 用于获取参考功率;  An acquisition module, configured to obtain a reference power;
第三确定模块, 用于根据参考功率和功率余量确定 DPCCH初始功率。 可选的, DPCCH配置有主载波和辅载波, 参考功率具体为: 主载波的 当前功率或者辅载波的下行导频功率。  And a third determining module, configured to determine a DPCCH initial power according to the reference power and the power margin. Optionally, the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or a downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
可选的, 第一确定模块 70B, 具体用于:  Optionally, the first determining module 70B is specifically configured to:
接收由网络侧设备通过发送的功控命令字, 功控命令字中包含第一功率 步长; 或  Receiving a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a first power step; or
将网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后获得的商值确定为第一 功率步长, n为所述预设值。  The quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom transmitted by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and n is the preset value.
可选的, 第一确定模块 70B, 具体用于: 将所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得到量化后的第一功率步长。  Optionally, the first determining module 70B is specifically configured to: quantize the first power step to obtain the quantized first power step.
可选的,所述 n具体为: UE初次釆用服务授权 SG进行增强专用信道专用 物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数据发送的时延时隙数,或者为 DPCCH非连续发送 时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙 数与一固定时隙数之和。 Optionally, the n is specifically: the UE first uses the service authorization SG to perform dedicated channel enhancement. The number of delay slots of the physical data channel E-DPDCH data transmission, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted, or the sum of the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix and the number of fixed slots when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted. .
可选的, 第二确定模块 72B, 具体用于:  Optionally, the second determining module 72B is specifically configured to:
接收由网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 功控命令字中包含第二功率步长。 第七方面, 基于第一到第五方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一种 网络侧设备, 请参考图 8, 包括:  Receiving a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a second power step. The seventh aspect, based on the description of the embodiments in the first to fifth aspects, the embodiment of the present invention provides a network side device. Referring to FIG. 8, the method includes:
第一确定模块 80 , 用于确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字;  a first determining module 80, configured to determine a power control command word including a power lifting instruction;
第一发送模块 81 , 用于将包含功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设 备 UE, 以使 UE根据功率升降指令和第一功率步长将 UE的专用物理控制信 道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率;  The first sending module 81 is configured to send the power control command word including the power lifting command to the user equipment UE, so that the UE sends the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of the UE from the initial power according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step Adjusted to the first transmit power;
第二确定模块 82 , 用于确定包含第二功率步长的功控命令字;  a second determining module 82, configured to determine a power control command word that includes a second power step;
第二发送模块 83 , 用于将包含第二功率步长的功控命令字发送至用户设 备 UE, 以使 UE通过第二功率步长将第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率, 其 中, 第一功率步长与第二功率步长为不同的功率步长。  The second sending module 83 is configured to send the power control command word that includes the second power step to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first sending power to the second sending power by using the second power step, where One power step and the second power step are different power steps.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
第三确定模块, 用于确定第一功率步长;  a third determining module, configured to determine a first power step size;
第二发送模块 83 , 具体用于: 将包含第一功率步长和功率升降指令的功 控命令字发送至 UE, 以使 UE通过第一功率步长将 DPCCH发送功率由初始 功率调整至第一发送功率。  The second sending module 83 is configured to: send the power control command word including the first power step and the power up and down command to the UE, so that the UE adjusts the DPCCH transmit power from the initial power to the first through the first power step Transmit power.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
第四确定模块, 用于确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量;  a fourth determining module, configured to determine a power headroom used by the UE;
第一发送模块 81 , 还用于: 将所述功率余量发送给所述 UE, 以使所述 The first sending module 81 is further configured to: send the power headroom to the UE, so that the
UE根据获得的参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述初始功率。 The UE determines the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
第八方面, 基于基于第一到第五方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供 一种用户设备 UE, 请参考图 9, 包括: 第一接收模块 90, 用于接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 UE 可用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; The eighth aspect, based on the descriptions of the first to fifth embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE. Referring to FIG. 9, the method includes: The first receiving module 90 is configured to receive, by the network side device, a target signal interference ratio that is greater than a total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE;
确定模块 91 , 连接于接收模块, 用于至少根据 和 C/p确定 SG 可选的, UE还包括: The determining module 91 is connected to the receiving module, and is configured to determine the SG according to at least the C /p, and the UE further includes:
第二接收模块, 用于在至少根据1 ^ 和0?确定 SG之前, 接收网络 侧设备发送的 UE的可用网络负载 Load; a second receiving module, configured to receive an available network load Load of the UE sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least 1 ^ and 0?
确定模块, 具体用于:  Determining the module, specifically for:
至少根据^ 、 C/P和 Load确定 SG  Determine SG based on at least ^, C/P, and Load
可选的, 确定模块 91 , 具体用于:  Optionally, the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
基于 、 Load, C/P以及公式:  Based on , Load, C/P and formula:
≤Load , 确定 SG≤Load, determine SG
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
可选的, UE还包括:  Optionally, the UE further includes:
第三接收模块, 用于在至少根据5 、 Load和 C/P确定 SG之前, 接收 网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; a third receiving module, configured to receive a power headroom sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least 5 , Load, and C/P;
确定模块 91 , 具体用于:  The determining module 91 is specifically used for:
根据 、 LOAD, C/P和 power— margin确定 SG  Determine SG based on , LOAD, C/P and power-margin
可选的, 确定模块 71 , 具体用于:  Optionally, the determining module 71 is specifically configured to:
基于 、 Load, C/P. power margin以及公式:  Based on , Load, C/P. power margin and formula:
+ power _ m arg in 1 + SG + < Load , 确定 SG + power _ m arg in 1 + SG + < Load , determine SG
256 可选的, 确定模块 91 , 具体用于:  256 optional, determining module 91, specifically for:
基于5 i Load, C/P power margin以及公式:
Figure imgf000040_0002
可选的, UE还包括:
Based on 5 i Load, C/P power margin and formula:
Figure imgf000040_0002
Optionally, the UE further includes:
第四接收模块, 用于在至少根据 和0?确定 SG之前, 接收网络侧 设备发送的 UE的可用网络负载因子 η;  a fourth receiving module, configured to receive an available network load factor η of the UE sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least 0 and 0;
确定模块 91 , 具体用于:  The determining module 91 is specifically used for:
至少基于5^ ar 、 C/P和 η确定 SG。 可选的, 确定模块 91 , 具体用于: The SG is determined based at least on 5 ^ ar , C/P and η. Optionally, the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
基于 SIRt '、 C/P和 η以及公式: Based on SIR t ', C/P and η and formula:
1  1
- η确定 SG。  - η determines SG.
1 +  1 +
SIRt arg Qt ^ / . C、 可选的, UE还包括: SIRt arg Qt ^ / . C. Optionally, the UE further includes:
第五接收模块, 用于在至少基于5 ^ C/P和 η确定 SG之前, 接收网 络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; a fifth receiving module, configured to receive a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device before determining the SG based on at least 5 ^C/P and η;
确定模块 91, 具体用于:  The determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
基于5 ^a 、 C/P、 η和 power— margin确定 SG。 The SG is determined based on 5 ^ a , C/P, η, and power-margin.
可选的, 确定模块 91 , 具体用于:  Optionally, the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
通过5 ^arg 、 C/P、 η和 power— margin以及公式:
Figure imgf000041_0001
Pass 5 ^ ar g , C / P , η and power - margin and formula:
Figure imgf000041_0001
可选的, 确定模块 91 , 具体用于:  Optionally, the determining module 91 is specifically configured to:
通过5 ^arg 、 c/p、 η和 power— margin以及公式: Pass 5 ^ ar g , c / p , η and power - margin and formula:
- η确定- η OK
1
Figure imgf000041_0002
第九方面, 基于基于第一到第五方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供 一种网络侧设备, 请参考图 10A, 具体包括:
1
Figure imgf000041_0002
The ninth aspect is based on the description based on the first to fifth aspects of the embodiments, and the embodiments of the present invention provide A network side device, as shown in FIG. 10A, specifically includes:
第一确定模块 100A,用于确定目标信号干扰比 ^ UE可用的总控制信 道功率余量 C/P;  The first determining module 100A is configured to determine a target signal to interference ratio ^ total control channel power margin available to the UE C/P;
第一发送模块 101A, 用于将 和 C/P发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少通过 SI get和 C/P确定 UE的服务授权 SG。 The first sending module 101A is configured to send the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least SI get and C/P.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
第二确定模块, 用于确定 UE的可用网络负载 Load;  a second determining module, configured to determine a available network load of the UE;
第二发送模块, 用于: 将 Load发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少基于 5« δί、 C/P和 Load确定 SG。 The second sending module is configured to: send the Load to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the 5« δ ί , C/P, and Load.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
第三确定模块, 用于确定功率余量 power— margin;  a third determining module, configured to determine a power margin power-margin;
第三发送模块, 用于将功率余量 power— margin发送至 UE, 以使 UE根据 SIRt 、 Load, C/P和 power一 margin确定 SG。  And a third sending module, configured to send a power margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the SIRt, the Load, the C/P, and the power-margin.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
第四确定模块, 用于确定 UE的可用网络负载因子 η;  a fourth determining module, configured to determine an available network load factor η of the UE;
第四发送模块, 用于将 η发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少基于 、 C/P和 η 确定 SG。  And a fourth sending module, configured to send η to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least, C/P, and η.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
第五确定模块, 用于确定功率余量 power— margin;  a fifth determining module, configured to determine a power margin power-margin;
第五发送模块, 用于将 power— margin发送至 UE, 以使 UE基于 5^argei、 C/P、 η和 power— margin确定 SG。 And a fifth sending module, configured to send the power_margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on 5^ argei , C/P, η, and power_margin .
第十方面, 基于第一到第九方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一种 用户设备 UE, 请参考图 10B, 具体包括:  The tenth aspect, based on the description of the first to ninth embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment UE. Referring to FIG. 10B, the method specifically includes:
接收模块 100B , 用于接收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin;  The receiving module 100B is configured to receive the SG and the power-margin sent by the network side device;
确定模块 101B , 连接于接收模块 100B , 用于根据所述 SG和所述  a determining module 101B, coupled to the receiving module 100B, for using the SG and the
power— margin确定所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度。 可选的, 确定模块 101B, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin 以及公式: 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传 Power_margin determines the length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule. Optionally, the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: calculate, by using the SG, the power_margin and the formula: a maximum transmission that the UE can schedule
Serving—Grant power—margin  Serving—Grant power—margin
K  K
L f - A .10 10 L f - A .10 10
输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving Grant表示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE 的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, Γ 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道 数, A ^表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。其中, ^」 表示对计算结果取整。 The length of the input block; in the formula, the Serving Grant indicates the SG, κ indicates the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, and Γ indicates the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ^ Indicates the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, indicating the HARQ offset value. Where ^" means rounding up the calculation result.
可选的, 确定模块 101B, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin 以及公式: Serving—Grant - (power—margin - stepsize * L 计算所述  Optionally, the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula: Serving_Grant - (power_margin - stepsize * L
K ref,n  K ref,n
Le,ref,m 10 L e ,ref,m 10
UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ 表示所述 The length of the largest transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and κ represents the
UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, τ 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码 道数, ^表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Λ/Κ^表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ 偏移值。 其中, i !表示对计算结果取整。 可选的, 确定模块 101B, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin 以及公式: 计
Figure imgf000043_0001
算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示 所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE 的第二参考 E-TFC块长, Γ 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, j 表示第 二参考 E-TFC的第二码道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 其中, ^」表 示对计算结果取整。
The reference enhanced transport format of the UE combines the E-TFC block length, τ represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, ^ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Λ/Κ^ represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ bias. Move the value. Among them, i ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result. Optionally, the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Figure imgf000043_0001
Calculating a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, κ represents a first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and κ represents a second reference of the UE E-TFC block length, Γ represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, j represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, and A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ A quantization amplitude ratio indicating a second reference E-TFC, indicating a HARQ offset value. Where ^" means rounding up the calculation result.
可选的, 确定模块 101B, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin 以及公式:
Figure imgf000044_0001
Optionally, the determining module 101B is specifically configured to: pass the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Figure imgf000044_0001
计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, Γ 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, Γ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的第 二码道数, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, 表示第二参考 E-TFC 的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 其中, L」表示对计算结果取整。 第十一方面, 基于第一到第十方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一 种功率调整方法, 请参考图 11 , 具体包括: Calculating a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving-Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents a first power step, L represents a length of a DPCCH prefix, and κ represents a first reference of the UE E-TFC block length, κ represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, Γ represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, and Γ represents the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, The quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC represents a quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, indicating a HARQ offset value. Where L " represents the rounding of the calculation result. The eleventh aspect, based on the description of the first to tenth embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a power adjustment method. Referring to FIG. 11, the method specifically includes:
步骤 S1101 : 确定第一功率步长;  Step S1101: determining a first power step size;
步骤 S1102: 利用第一功率步长将用户设备 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率;  Step S1102: Adjusting, by using the first power step, the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmit power;
步骤 S1103: 确定与第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长;  Step S1103: Determine a second power step that is different from the first power step.
步骤 S1104: 利用第二功率步长将 DPCCH发送功率由第一发送功率调整 至第二发送功率。  Step S1104: The DPCCH transmission power is adjusted from the first transmission power to the second transmission power by using the second power step.
可选的, 在确定第一功率步长之前, 方法还包括:  Optionally, before determining the first power step, the method further includes:
UE接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量;  Receiving, by the UE, a power headroom sent by the network side device;
UE获取参考功率;  The UE obtains reference power;
UE根据参考功率和功率余量确定初始功率。 可选的, DPCCH配置有主载波和辅载波, 参考功率具体为: 主载波的 当前功率或者辅载波的下行导频功率。 The UE determines the initial power based on the reference power and the power headroom. Optionally, the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: a current power of the primary carrier or a downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier.
可选的, 确定第一功率步长, 具体为:  Optionally, determining the first power step, specifically:
接收由网络侧设备通过发送的功控命令字, 功控命令字中包含第一功率 步长; 或  Receiving a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a first power step; or
将网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后获得的商值确定为第一 功率步长, n为所述预设值。  The quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom transmitted by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and n is the preset value.
可选的, 在所述将网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后获得的 商值确定为所述第一功率步长之后, 所述方法还包括: 将所述第一功率步长 进行量化, 得到量化后的第一功率步长。  Optionally, after the quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, the method further includes: using the first power The step size is quantized to obtain the quantized first power step size.
可选的,所述 n具体为: UE初次釆用服务授权 SG进行增强专用信道专用 物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数据发送的时延时隙数,或者为 DPCCH非连续发送 时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙 数与固定时隙数之和。  Optionally, the n is specifically: the number of delay slots for the UE to use the service grant SG to perform the enhanced dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel E-DPDCH data transmission, or the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted. , or the sum of the number of slots of the DPCCH prefix and the number of fixed slots when the DPCCH is discontinuously transmitted.
可选的, 确定与第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长, 具体为:  Optionally, determining a second power step different from the first power step, specifically:
接收由网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 功控命令字中包含第二功率步长。 第十二方面, 基于第一到第十一方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供 一种数据传输方法, 请参考图 12, 具体包括:  Receiving a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes a second power step. The twelfth aspect, based on the description of the first to eleventh embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. Referring to FIG. 12, the method specifically includes:
S1201 : 确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字;  S1201: determining a power control command word including a power lifting instruction;
S1202: 将包含功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使 UE 根据功率升降指令和第一功率步长将 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功 率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率;  S1202: Send a power control command word including a power lifting command to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the UE from the initial power to the first sending power according to the power lifting instruction and the first power step. ;
S1203: 确定包含第二功率步长的功控命令字;  S1203: Determine a power control command word that includes a second power step;
S1204: 将包含第二功率步长的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使 UE 通过第二功率步长将第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率, 其中, 第一功率步 长与第二功率步长为不同的功率步长。  S1204: Send a power control command word including a second power step to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first transmit power to the second transmit power by using the second power step, where the first power step and the first power step The two power steps are different power steps.
可选的, 在将包含功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE之前, 方法还包括: 确定第一功率步长; Optionally, before sending the power control command word including the power lifting instruction to the user equipment UE, The method also includes: determining a first power step size;
将包含功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 具体为: 将包含 第一功率步长和功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至 UE, 以使 UE通过第一功 率步长将 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率。  Sending the power control command word including the power up and down command to the user equipment UE, specifically: sending a power control command word including the first power step and the power up and down command to the UE, so that the UE passes the DPCCH through the first power step The transmission power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmission power.
可选的, 在确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字之前, 方法还包括: 确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量;  Optionally, before determining the power control command word that includes the power up and down command, the method further includes: determining a power headroom used by the UE;
将所述功率余量发送给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据获得的参考功率和所 述功率余量确定所述初始功率。  And transmitting the power headroom to the UE, so that the UE determines the initial power according to the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
第十三方面, 基于第一到第十一方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供 一种服务授权 SG确定方法, 请参考图 13 , 包括:  The thirteenth aspect, based on the description of the first to eleventh embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a service authorization SG. Referring to FIG. 13, the method includes:
步骤 S1301 : 用户设备 UE接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比  Step S1301: The user equipment UE receives the target signal interference ratio sent by the network side device.
^argei UE可用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 步骤 S1302: 至少根据 和 C/P确定 SG。 ^ar gei Total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE ; Step S1302: Determine the SG according to at least the sum C/P.
可选的, 在至少根据 ^ 和0?确定 SG之前, 方法还包括: 接收网络侧设备发送的 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 至少 居 和 C/P确定 SG, 具体包括:  Optional, at least based on ^ and 0? Before determining the SG, the method further includes: receiving an available network load of the UE sent by the network side device, and determining the SG by using at least a C/P, specifically:
至少根据^^ 、 C/P和 Load确定 SG。  Determine the SG based on at least ^^, C/P, and Load.
可选的, 至少根据 、 Load和 C/P确定 SG, 具体为:  Optionally, the SG is determined according to at least, Load, and C/P, specifically:
基于^ ^ 、 Load, C/P以及公式:  Based on ^ ^ , Load, C/P and formula:
SIR^  SIR^
1 + SG + - ≤Load , 确定 SG  1 + SG + - ≤Load , determine SG
256 [ p . 可选的, 在至少根据 ^ ^、 Load和 C/P确定 SG之前, 方法还包括: 接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 至少根据 S7?i 、 Load和 C/P确定 SG, 具体为: 256 [ p . Optionally, before determining the SG according to at least the ^ ^, Load, and C/P, the method further includes: receiving a power headroom sent by the network side device, power margin; at least according to S 7?i , Load , and C /P determines SG, specifically:
根据1 ^7^ 、 Load, C/P和 power— margin确定 SG。 可选的, 根据 ' 、 Load, C/P和 power— margin确定 SG, 具体为: 基于^ 、 Load, C/P, ower— margin以及公式: The SG is determined based on 1 ^ 7 ^, Load, C/P, and power_margin. Optionally, determine SG according to ', Load, C/P, and power-margin, specifically: based on ^, Load, C/P, ower-margin and formula:
≤Load , 确定 SG
Figure imgf000047_0001
根据 、 Load, C/P和 power— margin确定 SG, 具体为: 基于5 ^ f 、 Load, C/P, power— margin以及公式:
≤Load, determine SG
Figure imgf000047_0001
Determine SG according to Load, C/P and power-margin, based on: 5 ^ f , Load, C / P, power - margin and formula:
,SIRt arg et . 、^ C .SIRt axg et ■ \ ^ T ^ x&, SIRt arg et . , ^ C .SIRt axg et ■ \ ^ T ^ x&
(—— ~ + power _ m arg in) * (1 + SG +— ) + (—— ~ + power _ m arg in)≤ Load确 。 (—— ~ + power _ m arg in) * (1 + SG + — ) + (—— ~ + power _ m arg in) ≤ Load Exact.
可选的, 在至少根据 ?f 和 C/P确定 SG之前, 方法还包括: 接收网络侧设备发送的 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; Optionally, before determining the SG according to at least the F and the C/P, the method further includes: receiving an available network load factor η of the UE sent by the network side device;
至少根据 SIR^ 和 C/P确定 SG , 具体为: Determine SG based on at least SIR ^ and C/P, specifically:
至少基于5^ a 、 C/P和 η确定 SG。 The SG is determined based at least on 5 ^ a , C/P, and η.
可选的, 至少基于5 ^ ' 、 C/P和 η确定 SG, 具体为: Optionally, the SG is determined based on at least 5 ^', C/P, and η, specifically:
基于 SIRt 、 C P和 η以及公式: η确定 SG。Based on SIR t , CP and η and the formula: η determines SG.
Figure imgf000047_0002
Figure imgf000047_0002
可选的, 在至少基于1 ^^g" 、 C P和 η确定 SG之前, 方法还包括: 接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; Optionally, before determining the SG based on at least 1 ^^g", CP, and η, the method further includes: receiving a power headroom power-margin sent by the network side device;
至少基于5 ^a 、 C/P和 η确定 SG, 具体为: Determine SG based on at least 5 ^ a , C / P and η, specifically:
基于 ^ 、 C/p、 η和 power— margin确定 SG。 The SG is determined based on ^ , C /p, η and power_margin.
可选的, 基于 ^ ^、 C/P、 η和 power— margin确定 SG, 具体为: 通过5 ^arg 、 c p、 η和 power— margin以及公式 -Λ η公式 SG。 Optionally, the SG is determined based on ^^, C/P, η, and power_margin, specifically: by 5 ^ ar g, cp, η, and power_margin and formula - Λ η formula SG.
1 +  1 +
、 ^ ^ + power m argin) * (l + SG +—) 可选的, 基于5 "、 C/P、 η和 power— margin确定 SG, 具体为: 通过 ^^arg et、 Qfp、 η和 ower margin以及公式: η确定
Figure imgf000048_0001
, ^ ^ + power m argin) * (l + SG +-) Optional, based on 5 ", C/P, η and power-margin SG, specifically: via ^^arg et, Qfp, η and ower Margin and formula: η OK
Figure imgf000048_0001
SG。  SG.
第十四方面, 基于第一到第十三方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供 一种数据传输方法, 请参考图 14, 包括:  The fourteenth aspect, based on the description of the first to thirteenth embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a data transmission method. Referring to FIG. 14, the method includes:
步骤 S1401 : 确定目标信号干扰比 W^^UE可用的总控制信道功率余量 Step S1401: determining a target signal to interference ratio W^^UE available total control channel power margin
C/P; C/P;
步骤 S1402: 将 57 和0?发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少通过^ Lgei和 C/P 确定 UE的服务授权 SG。 Step S1402: Send 57 and 0? to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE by using at least L gei and C/P.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
确定 UE的可用网络负载 Load;  Determining the available network load of the UE Load;
将 Load发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少基于^ gei、 C/P和 Load确定 SG。 可选的, 还包括: The Load is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least ^ gei , C / P , and Load . Optionally, it also includes:
确定功率余量 ower margin;  Determine the power headroom
将功率余量 power一 margin发送至 UE, 以使 UE根据^ gei、 Load, C/P 和 power一 margin确定 SG。 The power margin power_margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to ^ gei , Load, C/P, and power-margin.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
确定 UE的可用网络负载因子 η;  Determining the available network load factor η of the UE;
将 η发送至 UE, 以使 UE至少基于^ gef 、 C/P和 η确定 SG。 η is sent to the UE such that the UE determines the SG based at least on ^ gef , C/P and η.
可选的, 还包括:  Optionally, it also includes:
确定功率余量 ower margin; 将 power— margin发送至 UE,以使 UE基于 SIRf 、 C/P、 η和 power— margin 确定 SG。 Determine the power margin ower margin; The power_margin is sent to the UE so that the UE determines the SG based on SIRf, C/P, η, and power_margin.
第十五方面, 基于第一到第十方面实施例的描述, 本发明实施例提供一 种传输块长度确定方法, 请参考图 15, 包括:  The fifteenth aspect, based on the description of the first to tenth embodiments, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for determining a transport block length. Referring to FIG. 15, the method includes:
步骤 S 1501: 接收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin;  Step S1501: Receive SG and power_margin sent by the network side device;
步骤 S1502:根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大 传输块的长度。  Step S1502: Determine, according to the SG and the power_margin, the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule.
可选的, 步骤 S1502可以通过四种方式来实现:  Optionally, step S1502 can be implemented in four ways:
第一种方式: 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度 的最大传输块的长度, 具体为: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: The first mode is: determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
。 . + . 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长 Serving—Grant power—margin . . + Calculated maximum transport block can schedule the UE long Serving-Grant power-margin
K  K
e,ref,m j 2 i QAharq/lO  e,ref,m j 2 i QAharq/lO
e,ref,m ed,m 度; 所述公式中, Serving Grant表示所述 SG, K 表示所述 UE的参考增 强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, , 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, A 表 示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 即, 利用 E-DPDCH 外插公式来进行计算。 其中, ! !表示对计算结果取整。 第二种方式: 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度 的最大传输块的长度, 具体为: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 计算所述 UE能够调
Figure imgf000049_0001
e, ref, m ed, m degrees; in the formula, the serving Grant indicates the SG, K indicates the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, and the code indicating the reference E-TFC block length The number of tracks, A, represents the quantized amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, indicating the HARQ offset value. That is, the calculation is performed using the E-DPDCH extrapolation formula. among them, ! ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result. The second mode is: determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: calculating, by using the SG, the power_margin and the formula:
Figure imgf000049_0001
^e,ref,m ^βά,ιη i W ^e,ref,m ^βά,ιη i W
度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize 表示第一功率步长, τ 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ 表示所述 UE的参 考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, j 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, Λ 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比 , arq表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值 t 其中, ! !表示对计算结果取整。 第三种方式: 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度 的最大传输块的长度, 具体为: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: The length of the maximum transport block of the degree; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, τ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and κ represents the reference enhanced transport format combination E- of the UE TFC block length, j represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, Λ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and arq represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value t among them, ! ! Indicates rounding of the calculation result. A third mode: determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Serving— Grant - power— mar 计算所述 UE  Serving— Grant - power—mar calculates the UE
K  K
T . A 2 _ J 能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 T. A 2 _ J The length of the largest transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, κ represents the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and κ represents the UE's Second reference
E-TFC块长, Γ 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, j 表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC block length, Γ denotes the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, j denotes the second code channel number of the second reference E-TFC, A denotes the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, and ^ denotes the first Second reference
E-TFC的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 其中, ^」表示对计算结果 取整。 The quantized amplitude ratio of the E-TFC, representing the HARQ offset value. Where ^" means rounding up the calculation result.
第四种方式: 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度 的最大传输块的长度, 具体为: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:  A fourth mode: determining, according to the SG and the power_margin, a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule, specifically: using the SG, the power_margin, and a formula:
Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * Lpreamble) Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * L preamble )
计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度,Calculating a length of a maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; in the formula, Serving_Gold represents the SG, stepsize represents a first power step, and L represents a length of a DPCCH prefix,
Figure imgf000050_0001
表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, Γ 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, Γ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的第 二码道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC 的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 其中, L」表示对计算结果取整。 本发明的一个或多个实施例, 至少具有以下有益效果: 由于在本发明实施例中,处理器首先通过第一功率步长将用户设备 UE的 专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率,然后通 过与第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长,将 DPCCH发送功率由第一发送功率 调整为第二发送功率, 而发送器则通过通过第一发送功率或第二发送功率向 网络侧设备发送数据,相较于现有技术中只通过一种功率步长对 DPCCH发送 功率进行调整的方式, 本发明这里能够针对不同的调整阶段釆用不同的功率 步长对 DPCCH发送功率进行调整,进而对 DPCCH发送功率的更加更加准确, 并且能够保证基站所确定的 DPCCH的信号干扰比( SIR: Signal to Interference
Figure imgf000050_0001
Representing the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, κ indicating the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, Γ indicating the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, and Γ indicating the second reference E-TFC The number of second code channels, A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, and ^ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, indicating the HARQ offset value. Where L " represents the rounding of the calculation result. One or more embodiments of the present invention have at least the following beneficial effects: In the embodiment of the present invention, the processor first adjusts the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the user equipment UE from the initial power to the first transmission power by using the first power step, and then passes the first power step. The second power step is to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power, and the transmitter sends the data to the network side device by using the first transmit power or the second transmit power, compared to the prior art. The method for adjusting the transmit power of the DPCCH by using only one power step, the present invention can adjust the transmit power of the DPCCH by using different power steps for different adjustment stages, thereby further more accurately transmitting the power of the DPCCH, and The signal-to-interference ratio of the DPCCH determined by the base station can be guaranteed (SIR: Signal to Interference)
Ratio ) 能够尽快收敛到目标信号干扰比 ^ r 。 Ratio ) can converge as quickly as possible to the target signal-to-interference ratio ^ r .
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例, 但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了 基本创造性概念, 则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。 所以, 所附权 利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。 脱离本发明实施例的精神和范围。 这样, 倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变 型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内, 则本发明也意图包含这些 改动和变型在内。  Although the preferred embodiment of the invention has been described, it will be apparent to those skilled in the < Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including the preferred embodiments and the modifications and modifications The spirit and scope of the embodiments of the present invention are departed. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the embodiments of the invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 1. A user equipment UE, which is characterized by including:
处理器,用于确定第一功率步长, 并利用所述第一功率步长将所述 UE的 专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; 以及, 确定与所述第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长, 并利用所述第二功率步长将 所述 DPCCH发送功率由所述第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率; A processor configured to determine a first power step size, and use the first power step size to adjust the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the UE from the initial power to the first transmission power; and, determine the difference with the first power step size. a second power step with a different power step, and using the second power step to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power;
发送器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于通过所述第一发送功率和 /或所述第二 发送功率向所述网络侧设备发送数据。 A transmitter, connected to the processor, used to send data to the network side device through the first transmission power and/or the second transmission power.
2、 如权利要求 1所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 UE还包括: 2. The UE according to claim 1, characterized in that, the UE further includes:
接收器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于在确定第一功率步长之前, 接收网络 侧设备发送的功率余量; A receiver, connected to the processor, used to receive the power headroom sent by the network side device before determining the first power step;
所述处理器, 还用于: 获取参考功率, 并根据所述参考功率和所述功率 余量确定所述初始功率。 The processor is further configured to: obtain a reference power, and determine the initial power according to the reference power and the power margin.
3、 如权利要求 2所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 DPCCH配置有主载波 和辅载波, 所述参考功率具体为: 所述主载波的当前功率或者所述辅载波的 下行导频功率。 3. The UE according to claim 2, wherein the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: the current power of the primary carrier or the downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier .
4、 如权利要求 1所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述接收器, 具体用于: 接 收由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所述第一功 率步长; 4. The UE according to claim 1, wherein the receiver is specifically configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, the power control command word including the first power step size;
所述处理器, 具体用于: 从所述接收器获取所述第一功率步长; 或 所述处理器, 具体用于: 将所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除 以 n后获得的商值确定为所述第一功率步长, 所述 n为预设值。 The processor is specifically configured to: obtain the first power step size from the receiver; or the processor is specifically configured to: divide the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n The quotient value obtained later is determined as the first power step, and n is a preset value.
5、 如权利要求 4所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 将 所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得到量化后的第一功率步长。 5. The UE according to claim 4, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: quantize the first power step to obtain a quantized first power step.
6、 如权利要求 4或 5所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 n具体为: 所述 UE 初次釆用服务授权 SG进行增强专用信道专用物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数据发 送的时延时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者 为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数与固定时隙数之和。 6. The UE according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the n is specifically: the UE uses the service authorization SG for the first time to transmit enhanced dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel E-DPDCH data. The number of delay slots sent is either the number of DPCCH prefix slots when DPCCH is transmitted discontinuously, or the sum of the number of DPCCH prefix slots and the fixed slot number when DPCCH is transmitted discontinuously.
7、 如权利要求 1所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述接收器, 还用于: 接收 由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所述第二功率 步长; 7. The UE according to claim 1, wherein the receiver is further configured to: receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, the power control command word including the second power step size;
所述处理器, 具体用于: 从所述接收器获取所述第二功率步长。 The processor is specifically configured to: obtain the second power step size from the receiver.
8、 一种网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 8. A network side device, characterized by including:
处理器, 用于确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字; A processor, used to determine the power control command word containing the power increase and decrease instructions;
发送器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于将包含所述功率升降指令的功控命令 字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述功率升降指令和第一功率步长 将所述 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送 功率; A transmitter, connected to the processor, configured to send a power control command word including the power increase and decrease instruction to the user equipment UE, so that the UE changes the power control command word according to the power increase and decrease instruction and the first power step size. The UE's dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmit power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmit power;
所述处理器, 还用于: 确定包含第二功率步长的功控命令字; The processor is also configured to: determine a power control command word containing the second power step size;
所述发送器, 还用于: 将包含所述第二功率步长的功控命令字发送至用 户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第二功率步长将所述第一发送功率调整至 第二发送功率, 其中, 所述第一功率步长与所述第二功率步长为不同的功率 步长。 The transmitter is further configured to: send a power control command word including the second power step size to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first transmission power through the second power step size. to the second transmit power, wherein the first power step size and the second power step size are different power step sizes.
9、如权利要求 8所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 还用于: 确定所述第一功率步长; 9. The network side device according to claim 8, wherein the processor is further configured to: determine the first power step size;
所述发送器, 还用于: 将包含所述第一功率步长和所述功率升降指令的 功控命令字发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第一功率步长将所述 The transmitter is further configured to: send a power control command word including the first power step size and the power increase and decrease instruction to the UE, so that the UE uses the first power step size to transmit the power control command word. describe
DPCCH发送功率由所述初始功率调整至所述第一发送功率。 The DPCCH transmit power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmit power.
10、 如权利要求 8所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 还用 于: 确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量; 10. The network side device according to claim 8, wherein the processor is further configured to: determine the power headroom used by the UE;
所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述功率余量发送给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根 据获得的参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述初始功率。 The transmitter is further configured to: send the power headroom to the UE, so that the UE determines the initial power based on the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
11、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 接收器,用于接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 SIRt 和所述 UE可 用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 11. A user equipment UE, characterized by: including: A receiver configured to receive the target signal-to-interference ratio SIRt and the total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE sent by the network side device;
处理器, 连接于所述接收器, 用于至少根据所述 ^ rgw和所述 C/P确定所 述 UE的服务授权 SG。 A processor, connected to the receiver, configured to determine the service authorization SG of the UE based on at least the rgw and the C/P.
12、 如权利要求 11所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在至少根据所述5^ 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前,接收所述网络侧设 备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 12. The UE according to claim 11, characterized in that the receiver is further configured to: receive a message sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least the 5 ^ and the C/P. The available network load of the UE Load;
所述处理器, 具体用于: The processor is specifically used for:
至少根据所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based on at least the ^ , the C/P and the Load.
13、 如权利要求 12所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述 ei、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P以及公式: 13. The UE according to claim 12, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: based on the ei , the Load, the C/P and the formula:
SIR, SIR,
target * target *
\ + SG + < Load , 确定所述 SG \ + SG + < Load , determine the SG
256 P 。 256P.
14、 如权利要求 12所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在至少根据所述5^ a 、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 接收 所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 14. The UE according to claim 12, wherein the receiver is further configured to: receive the SG before determining the SG according to at least the 5 ^a, the Load and the C/P. Describe the power margin power-margin sent by the network side device;
所述处理器, 具体用于: The processor is specifically used for:
根据所述5 ^arg 、所述 Load、所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based on the 5 ^arg, the Load, the C/P and the power_margin.
15、 如权利要求 14所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述5 、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式: ί ^ΊΏ 「 f c 15. The UE according to claim 14, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: based on the 5 , the Load, the C/P, the power_margin and the formula: ί ^ΊΏ "fc
+ power— arg in 、- + power— arg in , -
1 + SG + < Load , 确定所述 SG 1 + SG + < Load , determine the SG
256 ― 。 256 - .
16、 如权利要求 14 所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述5 、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 16. The UE according to claim 14, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: based on the 5 , the Load, the C/P, the power_margin and the formula:
, SIRt arg et .、 φ ^ ^ C、 , SIRt arg et · \ ^ τ τ, SIRt arg et ., φ ^ ^ C, , SIRt arg et · \ ^ τ τ
( ~ —— h power m arg in) + SG +— ) + ( ~ —— h power marg in)≤ Load 确定所述 SG。 ( ~ —— h power m arg in) + SG +— ) + ( ~ —— h power marg in)≤ Load Determine the SG.
17、 如权利要求 11所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在至少根据所述5^ 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前,接收所述网络侧设 备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 17. The UE according to claim 11, wherein the receiver is further configured to: receive a message sent by the network side device before determining the SG according to at least the 5 ^ and the C/P. The available network load factor n of the UE;
所述处理器, 具体用于: 至少基于所述 、 所述 c/p和所述 η确定所述 SG。 The processor is specifically configured to: determine the SG based on at least the , the c/p and the n.
18、 如权利要求 17所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述5^ 、 所述 c/P和所述 η以及公式: 18. The UE according to claim 17, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: based on the 5 ^, the c/P, the n and the formula:
Figure imgf000055_0001
Figure imgf000055_0001
19、 如权利要求 17所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述接收器, 还用于: 在至少基于所述5 、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述 所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 19. The UE of claim 17, wherein the receiver is further configured to: receive the SG before determining the SG based on at least 5 , the C/P and n. Describes the power margin power—margin sent by the network side device;
所述处理器, 具体用于: 基于所述5 ^ f、 所述 c/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The processor is specifically configured to: determine the SG based on the 5 ^f, the c/P, the n and the power margin.
20、 如权利要求 19所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式: 11确定所述 SG。
Figure imgf000055_0002
20. The UE according to claim 19, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: determine the Describe SG.
Figure imgf000055_0002
21、 如权利要求 19所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式: 21. The UE according to claim 19, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: through the 5 , the C/P, the n and the power_margin and the formula:
1 1
1 + 1 1+ 1
, SIRl arg et 、 /1 C、 . SIRt arg et . . , SIRl arg et , /1 C, . SIRt arg et . .
( —— h power _ m arg in) * (l + SG +— ) + ( —— h power _ m arg in) 确定所述 SG。 ( —— h power _ m arg in) * (l + SG +— ) + ( —— h power _ m arg in) determines the SG.
22、 一种网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 22. A network side device, characterized by including:
处理器,用于确定目标信号干扰比 SIR^et所述 UE可用的总控制信道功率 余量 C/P; A processor configured to determine the target signal-to-interference ratio SIR^ and the total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE;
发送器, 连接于所述处理器, 用于将所述 和所述 C/P发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少通过所述 和所述 C/P确定所述 UE的服务授权 SG。 A transmitter, connected to the processor, configured to send the C/P and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE at least through the C/P and the C/P. .
23、 如权利要求 22所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 还用 于: 确定所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 23. The network side device according to claim 22, wherein the processor is further configured to: determine the available network load of the UE Load;
所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述 Load发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少 基于所述所述 ^R^w、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 The transmitter is further configured to: send the Load to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the RR, the C/P and the Load.
24、 如权利要求 23所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 还用 于二 确定功率余量 power— margin; 24. The network side device according to claim 23, characterized in that the processor is also used to determine the power margin power_margin;
所述发送器, 具体用于: 将所述功率余量 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述 WR^gei、 所述 Load、 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确 定所述 SG。 The transmitter is specifically configured to: send the power margin power_margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the power margin according to the WR^ gei , the Load, the C/P and the power_margin. margin determines the SG.
25、 如权利要求 22所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 还用 于: 确定所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 25. The network side device according to claim 22, wherein the processor is further configured to: determine the available network load factor n of the UE;
所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述 η发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于 所述 、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。 The transmitter is further configured to: send the n to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the n, the C/P and the n.
26、 如权利要求 25所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 还用 于: 确定功率余量 power— margin; 26. The network side device according to claim 25, characterized in that the processor is also used to: determine the power margin power_margin;
所述发送器, 还用于: 将所述 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 The transmitter is also used to: send the power margin to the UE, so that the
UE基于所述 SIRt 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The UE determines the SG based on the SIRt , the C/P, the n and the power_margin.
27、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 27. A user equipment UE, characterized by: including:
接收器, 用于接收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin; Receiver, used to receive SG and power-margin sent by the network side device;
处理器, 连接于所述接收器, 用于根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确 定所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度。 A processor, connected to the receiver, for determining based on the SG and the power margin Determine the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule.
28、 如权利要求 27所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于 28. The UE as claimed in claim 27, wherein the processor is specifically configured to:
Serving—Grant - power—margin 通过所述 SG、所述 power— margin以及公式: Serving—Grant - power—margin via the SG, the power—margin, and the formula:
L f - A - 10^9/1° 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, ^^/ („表示所述 UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, Le ref m 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, ^表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Aharq 示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 L f - A - 10^ 9/1 ° Calculate the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule; In the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, ^^ / ( „ represents the reference enhanced type of the UE The transmission format combination E-TFC block length, Le ref m represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, ^ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Aharq represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
29、 如权利要求 27所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 29. The UE according to claim 27, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: use the SG, the power-margin and the formula:
K Serv - ing—Grant - (power—margin - stepsize * L ^pream hblle )^ K Serv - ing—Grant - (power—margin - stepsize * L ^pream h b l le )^
e,refm ■ ^ 7r 计算所述 UE能够调 度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize 表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, re/ m表示所述 UE的参 考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, re/ 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, Aed m 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Δ/κ^表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 e, ref , m ■ ^ 7r Calculate the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule; In the formula, Serving_Grant represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step size, and L p am ^ represents the DPCCH prefix Length, re/m represents the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, re/ represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, A ed m represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, Δ /κ^ indicates the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
30、 如权利要求 27所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 30. The UE according to claim 27, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: through the SG, the power-margin and the formula:
Serving— Grant - power— mar n Serving—Grant-power—mar n
,
Figure imgf000057_0001
Figure imgf000057_0001
计算所述 UE Calculate the UE
T . A1 . T . A 能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, re/ m+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC块长, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 4 m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, 4d 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, arq表示 HARQ偏移值。 T . A 1 . T . A is the length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled; in the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, represents the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, re/m+1 represents The second reference E-TFC block length of the UE represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 represents the number of second code channels of the second reference E-TFC, and 4 d represents the first reference E-TFC -The quantization amplitude ratio of the TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and arq represents the HARQ offset value.
31、 如权利要求 27所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述处理器, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式:
Figure imgf000058_0001
31. The UE according to claim 27, wherein the processor is specifically configured to: use the SG, the power-margin and the formula:
Figure imgf000058_0001
计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, Lp am ^表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, Ke ref m 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, ^/ (+1表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 4 m+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的码 道数, 4d 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^+1表示第二参考 E-TFC的 量化幅度比, Iharq表示 HARQ偏移值。 Calculate the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule; In the formula, Serving_Grant represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L p am ^ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and Ke ref m represents the The first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, ^ / (+1 represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, 4 m+1 represents the 2 refers to the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC, 4 d represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ +1 represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and Iharq represents the HARQ offset value.
32、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 32. A user equipment UE, characterized by: including:
第一确定模块, 用于确定第一功率步长; The first determination module is used to determine the first power step size;
第一调整模块, 连接于所述第一确定模块, 用于利用所述第一功率步长 将所述 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送 功率; A first adjustment module, connected to the first determination module, used to adjust the DPCCH transmission power of the UE's dedicated physical control channel from the initial power to the first transmission power using the first power step size;
第二确定模块, 连接于所述第一调整模块, 用于确定与所述第一功率步 长不同的第二功率步长; A second determination module, connected to the first adjustment module, is used to determine a second power step that is different from the first power step;
第二调整模块, 连接于所述第二确定模块, 用于利用所述第二功率步长 将所述 DPCCH发送功率由所述第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率。 A second adjustment module, connected to the second determination module, is configured to adjust the DPCCH transmit power from the first transmit power to the second transmit power using the second power step size.
33、 如权利要求 32所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 UE还包括: 接收模块, 用于在确定第一功率步长之前, 接收网络侧设备发送的功率 余量; 33. The UE according to claim 32, wherein the UE further includes: a receiving module, configured to receive the power headroom sent by the network side device before determining the first power step;
获取模块, 用于获取参考功率; Obtain module, used to obtain reference power;
第三确定模块, 用于根据所述参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述 DPCCH 初始功率。 A third determination module, configured to determine the DPCCH initial power according to the reference power and the power headroom.
34、 如权利要求 33所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 DPCCH配置有主载 波和辅载波, 所述参考功率具体为: 所述主载波的当前功率或者所述辅载波 的下行导频功率。 34. The UE according to claim 33, wherein the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier wave and auxiliary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: the current power of the main carrier or the downlink pilot power of the auxiliary carrier.
35、 如权利要求 32所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定模块, 具体 用于: 35. The UE according to claim 32, characterized in that the first determination module is specifically used for:
接收由所述网络侧设备通过发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含 所述第一功率步长; 或 Receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word contains the first power step size; or
将所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后获得的商值确定为 所述第一功率步长, 所述 n为预设值。 The quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and n is a preset value.
36、 如权利要求 35所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定模块, 具体 用于: 将所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得到量化后的第一功率步长。 36. The UE according to claim 35, wherein the first determination module is specifically configured to: quantize the first power step to obtain a quantized first power step.
37、 如权利要求 35或 36所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 n具体为: 所述 UE初次釆用服务授权 SG进行增强专用信道专用物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数 据发送的时延时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数与固定时隙数之和。 37. The UE according to claim 35 or 36, wherein the n is specifically: the delay time slot in which the UE first uses the service authorization SG to transmit enhanced dedicated channel dedicated physical data channel E-DPDCH data. The number is either the number of time slots of the DPCCH prefix when DPCCH is transmitted discontinuously, or the sum of the number of time slots of the DPCCH prefix and the number of fixed time slots when DPCCH is transmitted discontinuously.
38、 如权利要求 32所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述第二确定模块, 具体 用于: 38. The UE according to claim 32, characterized in that the second determination module is specifically used for:
接收由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所述 第二功率步长。 Receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the second power step size.
39、 一种网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 39. A network side device, characterized by including:
第一确定模块, 用于确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字; The first determination module is used to determine the power control command word containing the power increase and decrease instructions;
第一发送模块, 用于将包含所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户 设备 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述功率升降指令和第一功率步长将所述 UE的 专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; The first sending module is configured to send a power control command word including the power increase and decrease instruction to the user equipment UE, so that the UE controls the dedicated physical control of the UE according to the power increase and decrease instruction and the first power step size. The channel DPCCH transmit power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmit power;
第二确定模块, 用于确定包含第二功率步长的功控命令字; a second determination module, used to determine the power control command word containing the second power step size;
第二发送模块, 用于将包含所述第二功率步长的功控命令字发送至用户 设备 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第二功率步长将所述第一发送功率调整至第 二发送功率, 其中, 所述第一功率步长与所述第二功率步长为不同的功率步 长。 The second sending module is configured to send the power control command word including the second power step size to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first sending power to the third power level through the second power step size. 2. Transmit power, wherein the first power step size and the second power step size are different power steps. long.
40、 如权利要求 39所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 还包括: 40. The network side device according to claim 39, further comprising:
第三确定模块, 用于确定所述第一功率步长; A third determination module, used to determine the first power step size;
所述第二发送模块, 具体用于: 将包含所述第一功率步长和所述功率升 降指令的功控命令字发送至所述 UE , 以使所述 UE通过所述第一功率步长将 所述 DPCCH发送功率由所述初始功率调整至所述第一发送功率。 The second sending module is specifically configured to: send a power control command word including the first power step and the power increase and decrease instruction to the UE, so that the UE passes the first power step. The DPCCH transmission power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmission power.
41、 如权利要求 39所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 还包括: 41. The network side device according to claim 39, further comprising:
第四确定模块, 用于确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量; The fourth determination module is used to determine the power headroom used by the UE;
所述第一发送模块, 还用于: 将所述功率余量发送给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据获得的参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述初始功率。 The first sending module is further configured to: send the power headroom to the UE, so that the UE determines the initial power based on the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
42、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 42. A user equipment UE, characterized by: including:
第一接收模块, 用于接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 所述 UE可用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 确定模块, 连接于所述接收模块, 用于至少根据所述 ^ rgW和所述 C/P确 定所述 SG。 The first receiving module is configured to receive the target signal interference ratio sent by the network side device and the total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; the determining module is connected to the receiving module and is configured to determine at least according to the rgW and the C/P determine the SG.
43、 如权利要求 42所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 UE还包括: 第二接收模块,用于在至少根据所述5 和所述 c/p确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述网络侧设备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 43. The UE according to claim 42, wherein the UE further comprises: a second receiving module, configured to receive the network information before determining the SG according to at least 5 and the c/p. Load the available network load of the UE sent by the side device; the determination module is specifically used for:
至少根据所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based on at least the ^ , the C/P and the Load.
44、 如权利要求 43所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 ei、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P以及公式: 44. The UE according to claim 43, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: based on the ei , the Load, the C/P and the formula:
(C (C
1 + SG + - < ROT , 确定所述 SG。 1 + SG + - < ROT , determine the SG.
256 [ P . 256 [P.
45、 如权利要求 43所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述 UE还包括: 第三接收模块, 用于在至少根据所述 S 7 r 、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定 所述 SG之前, 接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 45. The UE according to claim 43, wherein the UE further includes: a third receiving module, configured to determine Before the SG, receive the power margin power_margin sent by the network side device;
所述确定模块, 具体用于: The determination module is specifically used for:
根据所述5^ 3 、所述 Load、所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based on the 5 ^ 3 , the Load, the C/P and the power_margin.
46、 权利要求 45所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 '、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 46. The UE of claim 45, characterized in that the determination module is specifically configured to: based on the ', the Load, the C/P, the power-margin and the formula:
B + power _ m arg in 1 + SG + < ROT , 确定所述 SG。 B + power _ m arg in 1 + SG + < ROT , determine the SG.
、 256
Figure imgf000061_0001
, 256
Figure imgf000061_0001
47、 如权利要求 45 所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述1 ^^g"、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power一 margin以及公式: (—^^— + power _ m arg in) * (1 + S +-^) + (~^^~" + Power _ m arg in) < Load确定所 述 SG。 47. The UE according to claim 45, characterized in that the determination module is specifically configured to: based on the l ^^g", the Load, the C/P, the power_margin and the formula : (—^^— + power _ m arg in) * (1 + S +-^) + (~^^~" + Power _ m arg in) < Load determines the SG.
48、 如权利要求 42所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述 UE还包括: 第四接收模块,用于在至少根据所述 ^ 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述网络侧设备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 48. The UE according to claim 42, characterized in that, the UE further comprises: a fourth receiving module, configured to receive the network information before determining the SG according to at least the ^ and the C/P. The available network load factor n of the UE sent by the side device;
所述确定模块, 具体用于: The determination module is specifically used for:
至少基于所述 、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based at least on the , the C/P and the n.
49、 如权利要求 48所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述 SIRt t、 所述 c/P和所述 η以及公式:
Figure imgf000061_0002
49. The UE according to claim 48, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: based on the SIRt t , the c/P, the n and the formula:
Figure imgf000061_0002
50、 如权利要求 48所述的 UE , 其特征在于, 所述 UE还包括: 第五接收模块,用于在至少基于所述 ^ rgw、所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG之前, 接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; 50. The UE of claim 48, wherein the UE further comprises: a fifth receiving module, configured to determine the SG based on at least the rgw, the C/P and the n. , receiving the power margin power_margin sent by the network side device;
所述确定模块, 具体用于: 基于所述5 ^ f、 所述 c/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The determination module is specifically used for: The SG is determined based on the 5 ^f, the c/P, the n, and the power margin.
51、 如权利要求 50所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式:51. The UE according to claim 50, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: through the 5 , the C/P, the n and the power_margin and the formula:
η确定所述 SG。
Figure imgf000062_0001
n determines the SG.
Figure imgf000062_0001
52、 如权利要求 50所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式: 52. The UE according to claim 50, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: use the 5 , the C/P, the n, the power_margin and the formula:
1- η确定所 1- η determines the location
,SIRt w et . λ λ1 0 C、 , SIRt arg et . . ,SIRt w et . λ λ1 0 C, ,SIRt arg et . .
( ^ ^ + power m argin) * (1 + SG + + ( ^ ^ + power _ m arg in) 述 SG。 ( ^ ^ + power m argin) * (1 + SG + + ( ^ ^ + power _ m arg in) says SG.
53、 一种网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 包括: 53. A network side device, characterized by including:
第一确定模块,用于确定目标信号干扰比 W 所述 UE可用的总控制信 道功率余量 C/P; The first determination module is used to determine the target signal-to-interference ratio W and the total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE;
第一发送模块, 用于将所述 和所述 C/P发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少通过所述 ^R^gw和所述 C/P确定所述 UE的服务授权 SG。 The first sending module is configured to send the UE and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE determines the service authorization SG of the UE at least through the RRgw and the C/P.
54、 如权利要求 53所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 还包括: 54. The network side device according to claim 53, further comprising:
第二确定模块, 用于确定所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; The second determination module is used to determine the available network load of the UE Load;
第二发送模块, 用于: 将所述 Load发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少 基于所述所述 SR^w、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 The second sending module is configured to: send the Load to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the SR^w, the C/P and the Load.
55、 如权利要求 54所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 还包括: 55. The network side device according to claim 54, further comprising:
第三确定模块, 用于确定功率余量 power— margin; The third determination module is used to determine the power margin power—margin;
第三发送模块,用于将所述功率余量 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使 所述 UE根据所述 ^R^gw、 所述 Load、 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所 述 SG。 A third sending module, configured to send the power margin to the UE, so that the UE can perform the power margin according to the power margin, the Load, the C/P and the power margin. Determine the SG.
56、 如权利要求 53所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 还包括: 第四确定模块, 用于确定所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; 56. The network side device according to claim 53, further comprising: The fourth determination module is used to determine the available network load factor n of the UE;
第四发送模块, 用于将所述 η发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于所 逸 SIR^et、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG。 The fourth sending module is configured to send the n to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the obtained SIR et , the C/P and the n.
57、 如权利要求 56所述的网络侧设备, 其特征在于, 还包括: 57. The network side device according to claim 56, further comprising:
第五确定模块, 用于确定功率余量 power— margin; The fifth determination module is used to determine the power margin power—margin;
第五发送模块, 用于将所述 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE 基于所述 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The fifth sending module is configured to send the power_margin to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on the , the C/P, the n and the power_margin.
58、 一种用户设备 UE, 其特征在于, 包括: 58. A user equipment UE, characterized by: including:
接收模块, 用于接收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin; The receiving module is used to receive the SG and power-margin sent by the network side device;
确定模块,连接于所述接收模块,用于根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin 确定所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度。 A determining module, connected to the receiving module, used to determine the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule according to the SG and the power margin.
59、 如权利要求 58所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、所述 power margin以及公式: „ . 59. The UE according to claim 58, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: use the SG, the power margin and the formula: „.
Serving—Grant - power—margin κ r j ― ― 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, j 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Δ/Κ^表 示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 Serving-Grant - power-margin κ r j ― ― Calculate the length of the maximum transport block that the UE can schedule; In the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, and κ represents the reference enhanced transmission format of the UE The combined E-TFC block length, j represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, Δ/K^ represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
60、 如权利要求 58所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 60. The UE according to claim 58, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: use the SG, the power-margin and the formula:
Serving—Grant - (power—margin - stepsize * L bl ) 计算所述 UE能够调Serving—Grant - (power—margin - stepsize * L bl ) Calculate the UE can adjust
K K
^e,ref,m ^ed,m ■ ^ ^e,ref,m ^ed,m ■ ^
度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize 表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ 表示所述 UE的参 考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, j 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, A 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Aharq表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 The length of the maximum transmission block of the degree; in the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and κ represents the reference enhanced transmission format combination E- of the UE. TFC block length, j represents the number of code channels referring to the E-TFC block length, A Indicates the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Aharq indicates the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
61、 如权利要求 58所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 61. The UE according to claim 58, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: use the SG, the power-margin and the formula:
Serving— Grant - power— mar 计算所述 UE Serving—Grant-power—mar calculates the UE
K K
能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 The length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled; In the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, κ represents the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and κ represents the second reference of the UE.
E-TFC块长, , 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, 表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC block length, , represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, represents the number of the second code channels of the second reference E-TFC, A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ represents the second refer to
E-TFC的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 The quantization amplitude ratio of E-TFC represents the HARQ offset value.
62、 如权利要求 58所述的 UE, 其特征在于, 所述确定模块, 具体用于: 通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 62. The UE according to claim 58, wherein the determination module is specifically configured to: use the SG, the power-margin and the formula:
Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * L reajiible) Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * L reajiible )
κ κ
e'ref'' i . ■ _ i . ■ 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, Γ 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, Γ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的第 二码道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC 的量化幅度比, arq表示 HARQ偏移值。 e' ref '' i . ■ _ i . ■ Calculate the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule; In the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step size, and L represents the DPCCH prefix length, κ represents the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, κ represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, Γ represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, Γ represents the second Referring to the second code channel number of the reference E-TFC, A represents the quantized amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ represents the quantized amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, and arq represents the HARQ offset value.
63、 一种功率调整方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 63. A power adjustment method, characterized by including:
确定第一功率步长; Determine the first power step size;
利用所述第一功率步长将用户设备 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送 功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; Using the first power step, the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH of the user equipment UE is transmitted. The power is adjusted from the initial power to the first transmission power;
确定与所述第一功率步长不同的第二功率步长; determining a second power step that is different from the first power step;
利用所述第二功率步长将所述 DPCCH发送功率由所述第一发送功率调 整至第二发送功率。 The DPCCH transmit power is adjusted from the first transmit power to the second transmit power using the second power step size.
64、 如权利要求 63所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述确定第一功率步长 之前, 所述方法还包括: 64. The method of claim 63, wherein before determining the first power step, the method further includes:
所述 UE接收网络侧设备发送的功率余量; The UE receives the power headroom sent by the network side device;
所述 UE获取参考功率; The UE obtains reference power;
所述 UE根据所述参考功率和所述功率余量确定所述初始功率。 The UE determines the initial power according to the reference power and the power headroom.
65、 如权利要求 64所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 DPCCH配置有主载 波和辅载波, 所述参考功率具体为: 所述主载波的当前功率或者所述辅载波 的下行导频功率。 65. The method of claim 64, wherein the DPCCH is configured with a primary carrier and a secondary carrier, and the reference power is specifically: the current power of the primary carrier or the downlink pilot power of the secondary carrier .
66、 如权利要求 63所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述确定第一功率步长, 具体为: 66. The method of claim 63, wherein the determining the first power step is specifically:
接收由所述网络侧设备通过发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含 所述第一功率步长; 或 Receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word contains the first power step size; or
将网络侧设备发送的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后获得的商值确定为所述 第一功率步长, 所述 n为预设值。 The quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, and n is a preset value.
67、 如权利要求 66所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述将网络侧设备发送 的功率余量的绝对值除以 n后获得的商值确定为所述第一功率步长之后, 所 述方法还包括: 将所述第一功率步长进行量化, 得到量化后的第一功率步长。 67. The method of claim 66, wherein after the quotient obtained by dividing the absolute value of the power headroom sent by the network side device by n is determined as the first power step, The method further includes: quantizing the first power step to obtain a quantized first power step.
68、 如权利要求 66或 67所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 n具体为: 所述 UE初次釆用服务授权 SG进行增强专用信道专用物理数据信道 E-DPDCH数 据发送的时延时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数, 或者为 DPCCH非连续发送时 DPCCH前缀的时隙数与固定时隙数之和。 68. The method according to claim 66 or 67, wherein the n is specifically: the delay time slot in which the UE first uses the service authorization SG to transmit Enhanced Dedicated Channel Dedicated Physical Data Channel E-DPDCH data. The number is either the number of time slots of the DPCCH prefix when DPCCH is transmitted discontinuously, or the sum of the number of time slots of the DPCCH prefix and the number of fixed time slots when DPCCH is transmitted discontinuously.
69、 如权利要求 63所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述确定与所述第一功率 步长不同的第二功率步长, 具体为: 接收由所述网络侧设备发送的功控命令字, 所述功控命令字中包含所述 第二功率步长。 69. The method of claim 63, wherein the determining a second power step that is different from the first power step is specifically: Receive a power control command word sent by the network side device, where the power control command word includes the second power step size.
70、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 70. A data transmission method, characterized by including:
确定包含功率升降指令的功控命令字; Determine the power control command word containing the power increase and decrease instructions;
将包含所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述功率升降指令和第一功率步长将所述 UE的专用物理控制信道 DPCCH发送功率由初始功率调整至第一发送功率; Send a power control command word including the power increase and decrease instruction to the user equipment UE, so that the UE changes the dedicated physical control channel DPCCH transmission power of the UE from the initial power according to the power increase and decrease instruction and the first power step. Adjust to the first transmit power;
确定包含第二功率步长的功控命令字; Determine the power control command word containing the second power step size;
将包含所述第二功率步长的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE , 以使所述 UE通过所述第二功率步长将所述第一发送功率调整至第二发送功率, 其中, 所述第一功率步长与所述第二功率步长为不同的功率步长。 Send a power control command word including the second power step size to the user equipment UE, so that the UE adjusts the first transmission power to the second transmission power through the second power step size, wherein, The first power step size and the second power step size are different power step sizes.
71、 如权利要求 70所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述将包含所述功率升 降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE之前, 所述方法还包括: 71. The method of claim 70, wherein before sending the power control command word including the power increase and decrease instruction to the user equipment UE, the method further includes:
确定所述第一功率步长; Determine the first power step size;
所述将包含所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至用户设备 UE, 具体 为: 将包含所述第一功率步长和所述功率升降指令的功控命令字发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE通过所述第一功率步长将所述 DPCCH发送功率由所述初 始功率调整至所述第一发送功率。 The step of sending the power control command word including the power increase and decrease instruction to the user equipment UE is specifically: sending the power control command word including the first power step size and the power increase and decrease instruction to the UE, so as to The UE is caused to adjust the DPCCH transmission power from the initial power to the first transmission power through the first power step.
72、 如权利要求 70所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在确定包含功率升降指令 的功控命令字之前, 所述方法还包括: 72. The method of claim 70, wherein before determining the power control command word containing the power increase and decrease instruction, the method further includes:
确定所述 UE所使用的功率余量; Determine the power headroom used by the UE;
将所述功率余量发送给所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据获得的参考功率和所 述功率余量确定所述初始功率。 The power headroom is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the initial power based on the obtained reference power and the power headroom.
73、 一种服务授权 SG确定方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 73. A service authorization SG determination method, characterized by including:
用户设备 UE接收网络侧设备发送的目标信号干扰比 SIRta 所述 UE可用 的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 至少根据所述 ^ 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG。 The user equipment UE receives the target signal to interference ratio SIRt a sent by the network side equipment and the total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; The SG is determined based on at least the ^ and the C/P.
74、如权利要求 73所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述至少根据所述 ^ rgw 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 所述方法还包括: 74. The method of claim 73, wherein before determining the SG based on at least the rgw and the C/P, the method further includes:
接收所述网络侧设备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; Receive the available network load of the UE sent by the network side device Load;
所述至少根据所述5 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG, 具体包括: Determining the SG based on at least the 5 and the C/P specifically includes:
至少根据所述 ^ 、 所述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based on at least the ^ , the C/P and the Load.
75、 如权利要求 74所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述至少根据所述 ^ rgw、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所述 SG, 具体为: 75. The method of claim 74, wherein the SG is determined based on at least the rgw, the Load and the C/P, specifically:
基于所述 ei、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P以及公式: Based on the ei , the Load, the C/P and the formula:
1 + SG + - ≤Load , 确定所述 SG 1 + SG + - ≤Load , determine the SG
256 [ P . 。 256 [ P .
76、如权利要求 74所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述至少根据所述5 、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 所述方法还包括: 76. The method of claim 74, wherein before determining the SG based on at least 5 , the Load and the C/P, the method further includes:
接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; Receive the power margin power-margin sent by the network side device;
所述至少根据所述5 ^arg 、 所述 Load和所述 C/P确定所述 SG, 具体为: 根据所述5 ^arg 、所述 Load、所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based on at least the 5 ^ arg , the Load and the C/P, specifically: based on the 5 ^arg, the Load, the C/P and the power-margin Determine the SG.
77、 权利要求 76所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述 ^、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 77. The method of claim 76, wherein the SG is determined based on the ^, the Load, the C/P and the power margin, specifically:
基于所述5 、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式: Based on the above 5 , the Load, the C/P, the power margin and the formula:
+ power _ m arg in 1 ≤Load , 确定所述 SG + power_m arg in 1 ≤Load , determine the SG
256
Figure imgf000067_0001
256
Figure imgf000067_0001
.
78、 如权利要求 76所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述 S 7 w、 所 述 Load、 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 78. The method of claim 76, wherein the SG is determined based on the S7w , the Load, the C/P and the power margin, specifically:
基于所述5 、 所述 Load, 所述 C/P、 所述 power— margin以及公式: Based on the above 5 , the Load, the C/P, the power margin and the formula:
, SIRt arg et, SIRt arg et
wer _m argi .n、) * ( ,1 + SG^ C、 , SIRt arg et wer _m argi .n、) * ( ,1 + SG^ C、 , SIRt arg et
( ~ ~ + po --—) + ( ~ ~ + power m arg i .n、)≤ Load石角定所 述 SG。 ( ~ ~ + po --——) + ( ~ ~ + power m arg i .n、)≤ Load Shijiao Dingsuo Describe SG.
79、如权利要求 73所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述至少根据所述 ^ rgw 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG之前, 所述方法还包括: 79. The method of claim 73, wherein before determining the SG based on at least the rgw and the C/P, the method further includes:
接收所述网络侧设备发送的所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; Receive the available network load factor n of the UE sent by the network side device;
所述至少根据所述 和所述 C/P确定所述 SG, 具体为: Determining the SG at least based on the and the C/P, specifically:
至少基于所述 、 所述 c/p和所述 η确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based at least on the , the c/p and the n.
80、 如权利要求 79所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述至少基于所述 ^ rgw、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG, 具体为: 80. The method of claim 79, wherein the SG is determined based on at least the rgw, the C/P and the n, specifically:
基于所述5^ 、 所述 C/P和所述 η以及公式:
Figure imgf000068_0001
Based on the 5 ^ , the C/P and the n and the formula:
Figure imgf000068_0001
81、如权利要求 79所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述至少基于所述5 、 所述 C/P和所述 η确定所述 SG之前, 所述方法还包括: 81. The method of claim 79, wherein before determining the SG based on at least the 5 , the C/P and the n, the method further includes:
接收所述所述网络侧设备发送的功率余量 power— margin; Receive the power margin power-margin sent by the network side device;
所述至少基于所述5 、 所述 c/P和所述 η确定所述 SG , 具体为: 基于所述5 ^ f、 所述 c/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The SG is determined based on at least the 5 , the c/P and the n, specifically: the SG is determined based on the 5 , the c/P, the n and the power margin. SG.
82、 如权利要求 81所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基于所述 、 所 述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 82. The method of claim 81, wherein the SG is determined based on the , the C/P, the n and the power margin, specifically:
通过所述5 、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式: Through the 5 , the C/P, the n, the power margin and the formula:
11确定所述 SG。
Figure imgf000068_0002
11 Determine the SG.
Figure imgf000068_0002
83、 如权利要求 82所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述基于所述
Figure imgf000068_0003
、 所 述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG, 具体为: 通过所述57 argei、 所述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin以及公式:
83. The method of claim 82, wherein: based on the
Figure imgf000068_0003
, the C/P, the n and the power margin determine the SG, specifically: By the 57 ar g ei , the C/P, the n and the power margin and the formula:
1 1
- η确定所 - ηdetermined location
1 + 1+
( ^― ^ + power _ m arg in) * (1 + SG +— ) + ( ^― ^ + power一 m arg in) 述 SG。 ( ^― ^ + power _ m arg in) * (1 + SG +— ) + ( ^― ^ + power _ m arg in) Describe SG.
84、 一种数据传输方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 84. A data transmission method, characterized by including:
确定目标信号干扰比 所述 UE可用的总控制信道功率余量 C/P; 将所述 S/R^gw和所述 C/P发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少通过所述 SIR^et和所述 C/P确定所述 UE的服务授权 SG。 Determine the target signal-to-interference ratio and the total control channel power margin C/P available to the UE; send the S/R^ gw and the C/P to the UE, so that the UE passes at least the The SIR^ et and the C/P determine the serving authorization SG of the UE.
85、 如权利要求 84所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 85. The method of claim 84, further comprising:
确定所述 UE的可用网络负载 Load; Determine the available network load of the UE Load;
将所述 Load发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于所述所述 δί、 所 述 C/P和所述 Load确定所述 SG。 The Load is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the δί , the C/P and the Load.
86、 如权利要求 85所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 86. The method of claim 85, further comprising:
确定功率余量 power— margin; Determine the power margin power—margin;
将所述功率余量 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE根据所述 SIR^et、 所述 Load、 所述 C/P和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The power margin power_margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG according to the SIR_et , the Load, the C/P and the power_margin.
87、 如权利要求 84所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 87. The method of claim 84, further comprising:
确定所述 UE的可用网络负载因子 η; Determine the available network load factor η of the UE;
将所述 η发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE至少基于所述 、 所述 C/P 和所述 η确定所述 SG。 The n is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on at least the n, the C/P and the n.
88、 如权利要求 87所述的方法, 其特征在于, 还包括: 88. The method of claim 87, further comprising:
确定功率余量 power— margin; Determine the power margin power—margin;
将所述 power— margin发送至所述 UE, 以使所述 UE基于所述 δί、 所 述 C/P、 所述 η和所述 power— margin确定所述 SG。 The power_margin is sent to the UE, so that the UE determines the SG based on the δί , the C/P, the n and the power_margin.
89、 一种传输块长度确定方法, 其特征在于, 包括: 89. A method for determining the length of a transport block, characterized in that it includes:
接收网络侧设备发送的 SG和 power— margin; 根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长 度。 Receive SG and power-margin sent by the network side device; The length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule is determined according to the SG and the power_margin.
90、 如权利要求 89所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 计算所述 UE
Figure imgf000070_0001
90. The method of claim 89, wherein the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule is determined according to the SG and the power margin, specifically: through the SG, the power margin. margin and the formula: Calculate the UE
Figure imgf000070_0001
能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的参考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, Γ 表示参考 The length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled; In the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, κ represents the reference enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length of the UE, and Γ represents the reference
E-TFC块长的码道数, 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Δ/Κ^表示混合自 动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 The number of code channels of the E-TFC block length represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Δ/Κ^ represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
91、 如权利要求 86所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 91. The method of claim 86, wherein the length of the maximum transmission block that can be scheduled by the UE is determined according to the SG and the power-margin, specifically: through the SG, the power-margin. margin and formula:
计算所述 UE能够调
Figure imgf000070_0002
Calculate that the UE can adjust
Figure imgf000070_0002
^e,ref,m ^βά,ιη i W ^e,ref,m ^βά,ιη i W
度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, stepsize 表示第一功率步长, τ 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ 表示所述 UE的参 The length of the maximum transmission block of the degree; in the formula, Serving_Grant represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, τ represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, and κ represents the parameters of the UE.
'preamble 'preamble
考增强型传输格式组合 E-TFC块长, j 表示参考 E-TFC块长的码道数, 表示参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, Aharq表示混合自动重传请求 HARQ偏移值。 Consider the enhanced transport format combination E-TFC block length, j represents the number of code channels of the reference E-TFC block length, represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the reference E-TFC, and Aharq represents the hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ offset value.
92、 如权利要求 89所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 92. The method of claim 89, wherein the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule is determined according to the SG and the power margin, specifically: through the SG, the power margin. margin and formula:
Serving— Grant - power— mar 计算所述 UE Serving—Grant-power—mar calculates the UE
,
T . A 2 _ J 能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表示所述 SG, κ 表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 T.A2_J The length of the maximum transport block that can be scheduled; In the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, κ represents the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, and κ represents the second reference of the UE.
E-TFC块长, , 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, j 表示第二参考 E-TFC 的第二码道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC block length, , represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, j represents the number of the second code channels of the second reference E-TFC, A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ represents the Two references
E-TFC的量化幅度比, 表示 HARQ偏移值。 The quantization amplitude ratio of E-TFC represents the HARQ offset value.
93、 如权利要求 89所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述根据所述 SG和所述 power— margin确定 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度,具体为:通过所述 SG、 所述 power— margin以及公式: 93. The method of claim 89, wherein the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule is determined according to the SG and the power margin, specifically: through the SG, the power margin. margin and formula:
Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * L reajiible) Serving— Grant - (power— margin - steps ize * L reajiible )
κ 计算所述 UE能够调度的最大传输块的长度; 所述公式中, Serving— Grant表 示所述 SG, stepsize表示第一功率步长, L 表示 DPCCH前缀的长度, κ κ Calculate the length of the maximum transmission block that the UE can schedule; In the formula, Serving-Grant represents the SG, stepsize represents the first power step, L represents the length of the DPCCH prefix, κ
preamble preamble
表示所述 UE的第一参考 E-TFC块长, κ 表示所述 UE的第二参考 E-TFC 块长, Γ 表示第一参考 E-TFC的码道数, Γ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的码 道数, A 表示第一参考 E-TFC的量化幅度比, ^ 表示第二参考 E-TFC的 量化幅度比, arq表示 HARQ偏移值。 represents the first reference E-TFC block length of the UE, κ represents the second reference E-TFC block length of the UE, Γ represents the number of code channels of the first reference E-TFC, and Γ represents the second reference E-TFC The number of code channels, A represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the first reference E-TFC, ^ represents the quantization amplitude ratio of the second reference E-TFC, arq represents the HARQ offset value.
PCT/CN2014/076868 2014-03-17 2014-05-06 Ue, network side device, power adjustment method, and sg determination method WO2015139360A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480001002.0A CN105309015A (en) 2014-03-17 2014-05-06 UE, network side device, power adjustment method, and SG determination method

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CNPCT/CN2014/073541 2014-03-17
PCT/CN2014/073541 WO2015139182A1 (en) 2014-03-17 2014-03-17 Ue, network side device, power adjustment method, and sg determination method

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015139360A1 true WO2015139360A1 (en) 2015-09-24

Family

ID=54143617

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/073541 WO2015139182A1 (en) 2014-03-17 2014-03-17 Ue, network side device, power adjustment method, and sg determination method
PCT/CN2014/076868 WO2015139360A1 (en) 2014-03-17 2014-05-06 Ue, network side device, power adjustment method, and sg determination method

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/073541 WO2015139182A1 (en) 2014-03-17 2014-03-17 Ue, network side device, power adjustment method, and sg determination method

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (2) WO2015139182A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101026799A (en) * 2007-03-13 2007-08-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 UE scheduled authorization request assignment and HSUPA scheduling performance improving method
CN101222671A (en) * 2007-12-06 2008-07-16 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and equipment for confirming inceptive service authorization value
CN101222249A (en) * 2007-01-10 2008-07-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Closed-loop power controller and its control method
CN101420744A (en) * 2007-10-22 2009-04-29 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Radio communication system, radio communication method, base station and radio terminal
CN102271355A (en) * 2011-08-16 2011-12-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for determining attenuation switching splicing error of test device
CN102598826A (en) * 2009-12-11 2012-07-18 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method and arrangement for scheduling control in a telecommunication system
CN103339992A (en) * 2010-11-08 2013-10-02 高通股份有限公司 System and method for traffic to pilot power determination in uplink multiple input multiple output transmission

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB2360654A (en) * 2000-03-25 2001-09-26 Marconi Comm Ltd Power controlling network element for adding new channels in a controlled manner
JP2004128993A (en) * 2002-10-03 2004-04-22 Ntt Docomo Inc Control method for transmission power, base station, mobile station, and radio communication system
WO2009057043A1 (en) * 2007-11-01 2009-05-07 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Improved power ramping for rach
CN102281618B (en) * 2010-06-08 2014-11-05 上海中兴软件有限责任公司 Method and device for power control
CN102378342B (en) * 2010-08-11 2016-05-25 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of adjustment of transmitted power and indicating means thereof, Apparatus and system
US8849339B2 (en) * 2011-08-12 2014-09-30 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Closed loop power control in a heterogeneous network by selecting among sets of accumulative power step values
CN102665242B (en) * 2012-05-28 2014-07-09 鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Method and equipment for selecting AMR (adaptive multi-rate) speech coding rate during initial access

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101222249A (en) * 2007-01-10 2008-07-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Closed-loop power controller and its control method
CN101026799A (en) * 2007-03-13 2007-08-29 中兴通讯股份有限公司 UE scheduled authorization request assignment and HSUPA scheduling performance improving method
CN101420744A (en) * 2007-10-22 2009-04-29 株式会社Ntt都科摩 Radio communication system, radio communication method, base station and radio terminal
CN101222671A (en) * 2007-12-06 2008-07-16 华为技术有限公司 Method, system and equipment for confirming inceptive service authorization value
CN102598826A (en) * 2009-12-11 2012-07-18 瑞典爱立信有限公司 Method and arrangement for scheduling control in a telecommunication system
CN103339992A (en) * 2010-11-08 2013-10-02 高通股份有限公司 System and method for traffic to pilot power determination in uplink multiple input multiple output transmission
CN102271355A (en) * 2011-08-16 2011-12-07 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for determining attenuation switching splicing error of test device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2015139182A1 (en) 2015-09-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7215653B2 (en) Controlling data transmission rate on the reverse link for each mobile station in a dedicated manner
US7190964B2 (en) Reverse link power control in 1xEV-DV systems
TWI359582B (en) Cdma wireless communication systems
KR100828800B1 (en) Hybrid tdm/ofdm/cdm reverse link transmission
JP4299270B2 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission in a mobile communication system supporting improved uplink service
TWI322586B (en) Reverse link power control in an orthogonal system
EP2437565A1 (en) Method and communication device for assigning scheduling grant
US20060268773A1 (en) Method, apparatus and computer program providing signaling of zero/full power allocation for high speed uplink packet access (HSUPA)
WO2009129698A1 (en) Method, system, and apparatus for determining uplink transmission power in time division duplex system
WO2013010441A1 (en) Method and device for adjusting transmission power
CN101132631A (en) Method and base station for allocating system resource according to user service quality
TW200428803A (en) System and method for uplink rate selection
JP2011509592A (en) Uplink power control in power limited terminals
WO2012088948A1 (en) Uplink power control method, user equipment, and carrier aggregation system
JP2010523042A (en) Method and configuration for a cellular communication network
CN101174858A (en) Power control method and power controller
CN110149128B (en) Power adjustment method and device in MIMO-NOMA system
WO2012155735A1 (en) Method and device for deciding physical downlink control channel resource
WO2012055341A1 (en) Method and device for data retransmission adjustment, and base station
CN101005689A (en) Setting method for dispatching priority node of customer terminal and base station
US8804548B2 (en) Enhanced uplink user entity rate limitation signalling
JP4594418B2 (en) Method and apparatus for data transmission in a mobile communication system supporting improved uplink service
WO2006040930A1 (en) Base station device
WO2012022191A1 (en) Terminal and grant processing method thereof
WO2012019519A1 (en) Method, apparatus and system for adjusting transmission power and indicating same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480001002.0

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14885974

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14885974

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1